Visual Vocabulary Resources (Kindergarten)

Kindergarten
Program Author
Dr. Diane August
Educational Researcher
• Principal Investigator, Developing Literacy in Second-Language
Learners: Report of the National Literacy Panel on Language-
Minority Children and Youth
• Member of the New Standards Literacy Project, Grades 4-5
Program Consultant
Dr. Cheryl Dressler
Literacy Consultant- English Learners
cover photography credits:

(t) MedioImages/Getty Images; (bl) Creatas Images/Jupiterimages; (br) SW Productions/Getty Images.
B
Published by Macmillan/McGraw-Hill, of McGraw-Hill Education, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.,

Two Penn Plaza, New York, New York 10121
Copyright © by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. These Visual Vocabulary Resources may be
displayed in a classroom setting for use with Treasures, provided such display includes a copyright notice in the name
of Macmillan/McGraw-Hill. No other use of these Visual Vocabulary Resources is permitted without the prior written
consent of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., including, but not limited to, network storage or transmission, or
broadcast for distance learning.
Printed in the United States of America
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 071 12 11 10 09
Contents
Unit 1 Unit 6
Week 1 Key Vocabulary...........................................................................1 Week 1 Key Vocabulary......................................................................151
Function Words and Phrases ................................................7 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................157
Basic Words .................................................................................9 Basic Words ............................................................................159
Week 2 Key Vocabulary.........................................................................11 Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................161
Function Words and Phrases ..............................................17 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................167
Basic Words .............................................................................. 19 Basic Words ............................................................................169
Week 3 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 21 Week 3 Key Vocabulary......................................................................171
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 27 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................177
Unit 2 Unit 7
Unit 3 Unit 8
Week 1 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 61 Week 1 Key Vocabulary...................................................................... 211
Unit 4 Unit 9
Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................101 Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................251
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................107 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................257
Basic Words ............................................................................109 Basic Words ............................................................................259
Week 3 Key Vocabulary...................................................................... 111 Week 3 Key Vocabulary......................................................................261
Function Words and Phrases ........................................... 117 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................267
Basic Words ............................................................................ 119 Basic Words ............................................................................269
Unit 5 Unit 10
English Language Development Vocabulary ... 300A
How to
Use this Book
Visual Vocabulary Resources—A New Classroom Resource
Purpose and Use
The Visual Vocabulary Resources book provides teachers using the Macmillan/McGraw-Hill California
Treasures reading program photo-word cards that visually introduce specific vocabulary from the
program. The photos are intended to preteach vocabulary to English learners and Approaching Level
students, as well as offer additional, meaningful language and concept support to these students.
The photo-word cards are designed to interrelate with the English Learners and Approaching Small
Groups lessons and the English Learner Resource lessons, all of which are designed to support the EL
and struggling reader population. The Visual Vocabulary Resources book is referenced specifically in
those lessons.
Key
Vocabulary Words
Vocab
Unit
2 Wee ulary
k 2 Fr
iend
s All Arou
nd
In the first half of the book, the photo-word cards support three categories of vocabulary in the core Wor
d1
assis
t
reading program:
1. Key Vocabulary These are the Key Words as introduced to the entire class in the Oral Vocabulary
Card selections or the core selection. Students of all levels of language acquisition are taught these
words: Beginning, Early Intermediate, Intermediate, and Early Advanced.
2. Function Words and Phrases These are idioms, adverbs, two-word verbs, and other words
Basic Words
mouth, eye, tail, Wor
d2
gam
and phrases of particular use to English learners. Function Words and Phrases are also drawn Unit 1 Week 1
Whose Baby Am I?
face, wing, nose e
from the core selection, but will not be taught to the whole group as part of the core lesson.
Students of all levels of language acquisition are taught these words: Beginning, Early
Intermediate, Intermediate, and Early Advanced. AKV
VR _C
A_U
2W 2_R
D 10_k
ey.indd
41
3. Basic Words These words are chosen from the Read Aloud Anthology, the core selection, or mouth eye tail
the Kindergarten Literature Big Book. They have been chosen to fit a specific thematic category
that will help EL learners increase their depth of vocabulary. These words are not singled out for
instruction to the whole group. Only students at the Beginning and Early Intermediate levels of
face wing nose
language acquisition are taught these words. Function Words and Phrases Word 1 toward
ROUTINE Unit 3 Week 3 Duck on a Bike
1. Display the card.
The second half of the book supports the vocabulary presented in the English Language
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
Development component of the California Treasures reading program. The ELD Vocabulary
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
9
© MacMillan McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Purestock/PunchStock. (tc) © Ingram Publishing/Fotosearch Stock Photography. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (bm) © Jeremy Woodhouse/Getty Images. (br) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
presented is selected from the weekly Skill-Based English Learners Practice Reader. In the place of
the Basic Words categories, there are Content Words drawn from ELD Content Big Book selections.
Structure of Book Word 2 past
The Key Vocabulary and Function Words and Phrases sections both have two photos on each right-hand
page. Each photo represents one vocabulary word. The teacher script is located on the back of each
card directly behind its accompanying photo. The Basic Words section shows six photos per page,
followed by a teacher routine. The ELD Content Words section mimics this format with 4 to 6 words per
page.
Teacher Scripts
The lessons found on the Key Vocabulary, Function Words and Phrases, and ELD Vocabulary sections are
interactive in approach. They define the vocabulary words in English and Spanish, point out cognates
(where appropriate), and provide strategies to get students talking and using the new language as
much as possible; for example students:
• chorally pronounce the word to focus on articulation
• partner talk with structured sentence frames to use the word in oral speech
• role-play to make the word come to life and use in everyday situations
• connect the word to known words and phrases through sentence replacement activities
• engage in movement activities to experience the word’s meaning
The techniques make instruction engaging and memorable for students. These low-risk ways to practice
speaking help students make connections and develop understanding as they acquire vocabulary.
iv
Key Vocabulary Word 1 animal
Unit 1 Week 1 Whose Baby Am I?
Word 2 imitate
Key Vocabulary Word 1 animal
TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s pretend to be the coyote in the picture.
1. One word in the selection is animal. Say it Let’s do what this animal does. (Lead children
with me: animal. An animal is a living thing in barking and panting. You may also want
that takes in food and can move about. Dogs, to let them get on their hands and knees and
lions, birds, and fish are all animals. pretend to move like a coyote.)
2. En español, animal quiere decir “un ser 6. We will play a guessing game. I will pretend
viviente que come y se mueve.” Los perros, to be an animal. You pretend to be that
leones, pájaros y peces son animales. animal, too. We will use this sentence to tell
what animal we are pretending to be: This
3. Animal in English and animal in Spanish are
animal is a . (Act out obvious
cognates. They sound almost the same and
animal movements such as a bird flapping its
mean the same thing in both languages.
wings and a cat stretching.)
4. Now let’s look at the picture. This is a coyote.
7. Now let’s say animal together three more
A coyote looks somewhat like a dog or a wolf.
times: animal, animal, animal.
The coyote moves about looking for food to
eat. The coyote is a wild animal.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 imitate

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. We will play a game called “Follow the
1. Another word in the selection is imitate. Say Leader.” I will be the leader. I will do an
it with me: imitate. To imitate means “to action. You will copy what I do. You will
copy what someone does.” Imagine that your imitate me. (Do actions such as marching,
friend makes a funny face. Imagine that you hopping, and clapping for children to imitate.)
make the same face. You imitate your friend. 6. You will work with a partner. Each of you will
2. En español, to imitate quiere decir “imitar o draw something. You might draw an animal
copiar lo que hace otra persona.”Imagina que or a toy. Then your partner will look at your
tu amigo hace una mueca. Ahora imagina que drawing and draw the same thing. Your
tu haces la misma mueca. Tu imitaste a tu partner will imitate your drawing.
amigo. 7. Now let’s say imitate together three more
3. To imitate in English and imitar in Spanish are times: imitate, imitate, imitate.
4. Now let’s look at the picture. The big boy
plays a flute. The little boy also plays a flute.
The little boy does the same thing the big boy
does. The little boy imitates the big boy.
2
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jeremy Woodhouse/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Mark Karrass/Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 protect
Word 4 resemble
Key Vocabulary Word 3 protect
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. The girl is
1. Another word in the selection is protect. Say it putting on a hard hat called a helmet. (Point
with me: protect. To protect means “to keep a to the helmet.) The helmet will protect her
person or thing safe.” Our actions can protect head if she falls off her bike.
us. We wash our hands to protect ourselves 5. We protect ourselves from the weather. We
from getting sick. Things can protect us, too. use things to keep us safe and comfortable in
Umbrellas protect us from the rain. cold, hot, or wet weather. Talk to your partner
2. En español, to protect quiere decir “mantener about things we use to protect ourselves
a una persona o cosa fuera de peligro, from the weather. Use this sentence frame:
proteger.” Nuestras acciones nos pueden protect us in cold weather.
proteger. Nos lavamos las manos para (Examples: boots, mittens, hats)
protegernos de enfermedades. Usamos 6. We want everyone in our school to be safe.
paraguas o sombrillas para protegernos de la That is why we have rules to protect us. Talk
lluvia. with your partner about school rules that keep
3. To protect in English and proteger in Spanish us safe. (Examples: Don’t run in the halls. Stay
are cognates. They sound almost the same in the schoolyard.)
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say protect together three more
times: protect, protect, protect.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 resemble

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Each of you will have a chance to pick
1. Another word in the selection is resemble. Say someone in our class who resembles you.
it with me: resemble. To resemble means “to When it is your turn, go stand next to
look like something else.” A red ball could someone you think resembles you. Then tell us
resemble an apple. They would be the same how your classmate resembles you. (Examples:
color, shape, and size. But they would not be We both are the same size. We have the same
exactly alike. haircut. We have the same color hair and
eyes.)
2. En español, to resemble quiere decir
“parecerse, verse parecido a otra cosa.” Una 5. I will give you a few minutes to look around
pelota roja puede parecerse a una manzana. our classroom. Look for two things that
Tienen el mismo color, la misma forma, y el resemble each other. Then show the two
mismo tamaño. Pero no son exactamente things to the class. Use these sentences
iguales. frames to tell us about the two things:
resembles .
3. Now let’s look at the picture. The picture
They both .
shows two dogs. The dogs are not exactly
the same, but they resemble each other. Both 6. Now let’s say resemble together three more
dogs have black heads, black back legs, and times: resemble, resemble, resemble.
black backs. Both dogs have white front legs
and white chests.
4
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages. (b) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 together
Key Vocabulary Word 5 together

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw a picture of something you and your
1. Another word in the selection is together. friends do together. Show your picture to your
Say it with me: together. Together means partner. Tell about the picture. Use the word
“with someone or something else.” We work together.
with each other in our classroom. We work 5. We talked about how people can do things
together. together. Things can also be together.
2. En español, together quiere decir “con otra For example, salt and pepper go together.
persona u otra cosa, juntos.” Trabajamos con Paint and brushes go together. Tell your
nuestros compañeros en la clase. Trabajamos partner some things that go together. Use
juntos. this sentence frame: and
go together.
3. Now let’s look at the picture. We see three
boys in this picture. They are all looking at 6. Now let’s say together three more times:
the same book. They are looking at the book together, together, together.
together.
6
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis Images/Jupiterimages.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 hard
Word 2 easily
Word 1 hard
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the word hard to talk about 4. I am going to tell you about some things
things that aren’t easy to do. Say it with me: people do. If I name something that is hard
hard. Hard means “difficult to do.” It is hard to do, say “Hard!” If I name something that is
to lift a big, heavy box. not hard to do, do not say anything.
2. En español, hard quiere decir “difícil de putting together a big puzzle
hacer.” Es difícil levantar una caja pesada. eating a snack
3. This picture shows the word hard. The boys building a house
are pulling hard on the rope. They are playing 5. Let’s pretend we are climbing a big mountain.
a game called tug-of-war. (Lead children in doing motions such as
stepping high and grabbing above with your
hands to simulate climbing.) We will chant as
we climb:
This is hard.
This is hard to do.
This is hard.
This is hard to do.
6. Repeat the word three times with me: hard,
hard, hard.
Word 2 easily
1. In English, we use the word easily to talk 4. Let’s do some things that we can do easily.
about things we do that are not hard at all. We will say what we are doing using the word
Say it with me: easily. Easily means “without easily. Let’s clap. Now let’s all say, “We can
working hard.” You can easily say your name. clap easily.“ (Continue with other actions,
2. En español, easily quiere decir “fácilmente; such as wave, smile, and blink.)
sin mucho esfuerzo.” Puedes decir tu nombre 5. I am going to tell you about some other
fácilmente. things we do. If we do them easily, say the
3. This picture shows the word easily. The girl is word easily. If not, don’t say anything.
going down a slide. She slides down easily. It’s climb a mountain.
not hard for her to slide from top to bottom. listen to a story.
carry a heavy package.
talk to a friend.
6. Repeat the word three times with me: easily,
easily, easily.
8
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Royalty-Free/Corbis. (b) © Steve Mason/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 1
mouth, eye, tail,
Whose Baby Am I?
face, wing, nose
mouth eye tail
face wing nose
ROUTINE
9
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Purestock/PunchStock. (tc) © Ingram Publishing/Fotosearch Stock Photography. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (bm) © Jeremy Woodhouse/Getty Images. (br) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 activity
Unit 1 Week 2 The Picnic at Apple Park
Word 2 cooperate
Key Vocabulary Word 1 activity

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. The picture shows
1. One word in the selection is activity. Say it a teacher and two children. They are doing an
with me: activity. An activity is something you activity together. The activity is what they are
do. You can do an activity by yourself or with doing. This activity is drawing a picture.
other people. One activity I like to do is read. 5. What is an activity that you like to do? Act
I usually read by myself. Another activity I like out the activity for your partner. Have your
to do is ride my bike. I usually ride my bike partner guess what the activity is.
with my family. 6. Tell your partner what activities you like to do
2. En español, activity quiere decir “una at school. Then tell what activities you like to
acción que llevas acabo, una actividad.” do at home.
Una actividad que me gusta hacer es leer. 7. Now let’s say activity together three more
Normalmente leo solo. Otra actividad que times: activity, activity, activity.
me gusta es montar en mi bici. Normalmente
monto en bicicleta con mi familia.
3. Activity in English and actividad in Spanish are
Key Vocabulary Word 2 cooperate

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Why is it important to cooperate at school?
1. Another word in the selection is cooperate. Tell your partner. (When you cooperate you
Say it with me: cooperate. To cooperate get things done faster and better. It is more
means “to work together.” When you fun when you cooperate.)
cooperate with a friend, you work together 6. Complete the sentence for your partner: I
and help each other. cooperate when I .
2. En español, to cooperate quiere decir “trabajar 7. Now let’s say cooperate together three more
junto con otras personas, cooperar.” Cuando times: cooperate, cooperate, cooperate.
cooperas con un amigo, trabajan juntos y se
ayudan.
3. To cooperate in English and cooperar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at the picture. These girls
cooperate. They work together to make a
sandcastle. The girls cooperate when they
put sand in the pail together. Then they
cooperate when they use the sand to make
the sandcastle.
12
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © SuperStock. (b) © Comstock Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 exciting
Word 4 exhausted
Key Vocabulary Word 3 exciting

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s show what people do when they are
1. Another word in the selection is exciting. Say watching an exciting football game. First,
it with me: exciting. If something is exciting, let’s jump up and down. Then let’s cheer for
you do not know what will happen. You want the team. (Use an excited voice.) Hooray! This
to find out. Some sports games are exciting. game is exciting.
The scores are so close that you want to find 5. Pretend you are watching an exciting movie.
out who will win. Show what you do when the movie gets really
2. En español, exciting quiere decir exciting. Now show what you do if the movie
“emocionante, que causa sentimientos.”Algo is not exciting at all.
es emocionante porque no sabes que va a 6. Now let’s say exciting together three more
pasar. Un partido puede ser emocionante. times: exciting, exciting, exciting.
Como no sabes que va a ocurrir, lo ves hasta
el final para ver quién ganará.
shows an exciting football game. The player
has the ball. I want to know what will
happen. Will the player score a touchdown?
Who will get the ball? People like to watch
exciting football games. The people want
their teams to win.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 exhausted

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Show me something you do when you are
1. Another word in the selection is exhausted. exhausted. (Examples include: stretch, close
Say it with me: exhausted. Exhausted means eyes to sleep, yawn, lie down, sit down with
“very, very tired.” (Yawn and look tired.) head on desk.)
Sometimes I am exhausted after I work hard 5. Pretend you are the woman in the picture.
all day long. If I am really exhausted, I go You are exhausted. Show me what you will do
home and take a nap. next.
2. En español, exhausted quiere decir “estar 6. Now let’s say exhausted together three more
muy, muy cansado.” A veces quedo cansado times: exhausted, exhausted, exhausted.
después de trabajar todo el día. Si estoy muy
cansado, me voy a mi casa y tomo una siesta.
3. Now let’s look at the picture. This woman is
exhausted. I think she has been running for
a long time. She is very, very tired now. She is
taking a rest. Do you see her eyes? They are
closed. She is leaning over, too. Some people
close their eyes or lean over when they are
exhausted.
14
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © U.S. Air Force photo by John Van Winkle. (b) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 gather
Key Vocabulary Word 5 gather

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all gather over here by the window. Now
1. Another word in the selection is gather. Say that we are gathered, are we all together?
it with me: gather. To gather means “to get Where else can we gather? Let’s all gather
together in a group.” Sometimes you and your there.
friends gather at recess or before school. You 5. Now let’s gather in two groups. One group
all stand together and talk or play. can gather at the front of the room. The other
2. En español, to gather quiere decir “reunir o can gather at the back. Now complete this
juntar a personas en un grupo.” A veces tú y sentence: We gather .
tus amigos se reúnen a la hora del recreo o 6. Now let’s say gather together three more
antes de clases. Se paran juntos y hablan o times: gather, gather, gather.
juegan.
shows penguins. All the penguins gather
in one place. That means that they all get
together in a group. In this picture, the
penguins gather in one place in the snow.
16
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 go on
Word 2 go by
Word 1 go on
1. In English, we use go on when we talk about 4. We will march around the room and chant.
taking a trip. Say it with me: go on. The class (Lead children in marching and chanting.)
will go on a trip to the park. I will go on a trip to the sea.
2. En español, usamos to go on cuando hablamos Please go on the trip with me.
de irnos de viaje o de tomar una excursión. If you go on the trip with me,
Nuestra clase tomará una excursion al parque. Oh, what fun it will be!
3. This picture shows the words go on. The 5. Take turns telling the class where you want
mother, father, and daughter in this family to go on a school trip. Then we will all chant
go on a camping trip. The family drives their what you say. Use this sentence:
car to the beach. They put up a tent. After I want to go on a trip to . (Examples
camping a few days, they drive back home. include: park, zoo, beach)
6. Repeat the words three times with me: go on,
go on, go on.
Word 2 go by
1. In English, go by means to move past 4. We will chant a silly chant about things we
something. Say it with me: go by. I saw a can watch go by.
school bus go by the school. I saw a pink elephant go by.
2. En español, to go by quiere decir “pasar por Oh me, oh my!
un lugar.” Un autobús pasó por la escuela. I saw a purple cow go by.
3. This picture shows the words go by. Let’s Oh me, oh my!
pretend we are standing here. (Indicate a (Have children suggest other silly lines for this
point on the lower edge of the picture.) chant.)
We are standing on the street. The bikes are 5. Pretend you are looking out a window. Tell us
riding on the same street. We can see the what you see go by. Use this sentence:
bikes go by. I see a go by.
Then we will all chant your sentence.
6. Repeat the words three times with me: go by,
go by, go by.
18
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Karl Weatherly/Getty Images. (b) © Jim Arbogast/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 2
basket, game, table,
The Picnic at Apple Park
juice, food, quilt
basket game table
juice food quilt
ROUTINE
19
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images. (tc) © Jack Star/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (tr) © Squared Studios/Getty Images.
(bl) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images. (bm) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (br) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 celebrate
Unit 1 Week 3 Peter’s Chair
Word 2 change
Key Vocabulary Word 1 celebrate

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. (Point to the
1. One word in the selection is celebrate. Say sign in the photo.) The sign says, “Happy
it with me: celebrate. To celebrate means Birthday.” The children celebrate a birthday.
“to have a good time because of something They are having a party. They are eating cake
special.” You might celebrate your birthday. and having fun.
You might also celebrate holidays. When we 5. Tell your partner how you celebrate your
celebrate we have fun. birthday. Use the sentence frame: I celebrate
2. En español, to celebrate quiere decir “festejar my birthday by .
una ocasión especial, celebrar.” Tal vez 6. Tell your partner about another special day
celebres tu cumpleaños o los días festivos. Es you like to celebrate. Tell what kinds of things
divertido celebrar. you do to celebrate that day. Use the sentence
3. To celebrate in English and celebrar in Spanish frame: I like to celebrate .I
are cognates. They sound almost the same celebrate by .
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say celebrate together three more
times: celebrate, celebrate, celebrate.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 change

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show how to change what we are
1. Another word in the selection is change. doing. Everyone stand up. Then when I say,
Say it with me: change. To change means “Let’s change,” let’s sit down. Ready? “Let’s
“to become different.” When the weather change.” Now when I say, “Let’s change,”
changes it is not the same as it was. let’s stand up again. Ready? “Let’s change.”
Sometimes it is sunny. If the weather changes, 5. Everyone make a happy face like me. Now
then it is not sunny anymore. let’s change our face to look sad. Think of
2. En español, to change quiere decir “cambiar, another way to change your face. Show the
volverse diferente a como era antes.” Cuando class how you changed.
el estado del tiempo cambia, deja de ser como 6. Now let’s say change together three more
era antes. A veces hace sol. Si el estado del times: change, change, change.
tiempo cambia, ya no hace sol.
3. Now let’s look at the picture. A storm is
coming. See how the sky changes. It was
sunny. Now the clouds are moving in. The sky
changes from light to dark. It changes from
sunny to cloudy.
22
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ryan McVay/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 eager
Word 4 occasion
Key Vocabulary Word 3 eager

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Sometimes when we are eager to do
1. Another word in the selection is eager. Say it something we can’t stay still. We jump up
with me: eager. When you are eager you really and down. Let’s pretend we are eager to go
want to do something. You might be eager outside. Let’s jump up and down in place. Oh
to go out to play after school. You might be yes. We are very eager to go outside!
eager to win a game. 5. Pretend your friend is reading a story and you
2. En español, eager quiere decir “ansioso, con are eager to read it, too. You might move
muchas ganas de hacer algo.” Tal vez te pones back and forth. You might use movement to
ansioso por salir a jugar después de clases. Tal show you are eager to get the book. Let’s act
vez estés ansioso por ganar un partido. eager together.
3. Now let’s look at the picture. This boy is 6. Now let’s say eager together three more
a soccer player. He has his fist up in the air. times: eager, eager, eager.
He is eager to play soccer. He is eager to
win the game.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 occasion

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner what in this picture shows
1. Another word in the selection is occasion. Say that it is a special occasion. (The people have
it with me: occasion. An occasion means “a pretty clothes. They are getting married. They
special event.” We talked about a birthday. A have flowers. They look happy.)
birthday is an occasion. It is a special day. 6. Tell your partner about an occasion you really
2. En español, occasion quiere decir “un evento like. Use the sentence frame: An occasion I
especial, una ocasión.”Un cumpleaños es una really like is .
ocasión. Es un día especial. 7. Now let’s say occasion together three more
3. Occasion in English and ocasión in Spanish are times: occasion, occasion, occasion.
4. Now let’s look at the picture. This man and
woman are getting married. Their wedding is
an occasion. It is a special day.
24
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (b) © purestock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 relative
Key Vocabulary Word 5 relative

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about the picture. Look
1. Another word in the selection is relative. Say it at the girl with the blue shirt. Try to guess
with me: relative. A relative is someone in your her relatives. Who is her mother? Who is her
family. There are different kinds of relatives. father? Who is her grandmother? Her aunt,
For example, mothers, fathers, sisters, and her uncle, her brother, or her sister?
brothers are relatives. So are aunts, uncles, 5. Tell your partner how many relatives you
grandparents, and cousins. live with. Use the sentence frame: I live
2. En español, relative quiere decir “una persona with relatives. They are my
de tu familia, un pariente.” Tu padre, tu .
madre y tus hermanos son parientes tuyos. 6. Now let’s say relative together three more
También tus tíos, abuelos y primos son times: relative, relative, relative.
tus parientes.
3. Now let’s look at the picture. This is a picture
of a family. The people in the family are all
relatives. The children might be brothers and
sisters. They might be cousins.
26
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 behind
Word 2 next to
Word 1 behind
1. In English, behind means “in back of.” Say it 4. Each of you will have a chance to stand
with me: behind. (Stand behind your desk.) behind something or someone in our
Where am I standing? I am standing behind classroom. Then we will all say together what
my desk. each child stands behind. (Examples include:
2. En español, behind quiere decir “detrás de Luis stands behind Maria. Kim stands behind
algo.” (Párese detrás de su escritorio.) ¿Dónde the table.)
estoy? Estoy detrás del escritorio. 5. Pretend that you are playing a game of hide-
3. This picture shows the word behind. See this and-seek. Say this chant with me.
boy. (Point to the boy.) He is hiding behind We hide behind the bed.
the tree. We hide behind the sled.
We hide behind the tree.
Who will hide behind me?
6. Repeat the word three times with me: behind,
behind, behind.
Word 2 next to
1. In English, next to means “right beside 4. Lead children in moving close to various
something else.” Say it with me: next to. objects in the room. Together say what you
(Point to a chair that is next to a table.) This and the children are next to.
chair is next to the table. We are next to the door.
2. En español, next to quiere decir “al lado de We are next to the window.
otra cosa.” (Señale a alguna silla que esté al We are next to the bookshelf.
lado de una mesa.) Esta silla está al lado de 5. I will give you a few objects. (Give each child
la mesa. three different items, such as a block, a pencil,
3. This picture shows the words next to. Look at and a book.) Line up the objects and tell what
the girls. The girl with black hair is next to the each thing is next to. (Examples include: The
girl with blond hair. The girl with brown hair is block is next to the pencil. The pencil is next
next to the girl with blond hair. The girl with to the book.)
blond hair is next to the girl with black hair 6. Repeat the words three times with me: next
and the girl with brown hair. (Point to each to, next to, next to.
girl as you refer to her.)
28
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/PunchStock. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 3
curtain, window, chair,
Peter’s Chair
crib, picture, room
curtain window chair
crib picture room
ROUTINE
29
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Comstock/PunchStock. (tc) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Purestock/PunchStock. (bm) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © Comstock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 compete
Unit 2 Week 1 What Do You Like?
Word 2 favorite
Key Vocabulary Word 1 compete

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. The children are
1. One word in the selection is compete. Say it playing a game. They compete against each
with me: compete. To compete is to try to win other. Each team pulls the rope hard. They
a contest or game. Teams compete against try to pull the other team across a line on the
each other in sports. Players compete against ground. Then they will be the winners!
each other in board games. 5. I will say things people can do. If I say
2. En español, to compete quiere decir “intentar something that is a way people compete,
ganar un concurso, un partido o un juego; clap your hands. If what I say is not a way to
competir.” Los equipos deportivos compiten compete, do not clap.
para ganar partidos. Los jugadores de un Playing basketball
juego de mesa compiten con los otros para Taking a nap
ganar. Swimming in a contest
3. To compete in English and competir in Spanish Playing tag
are cognates. They sound almost the same Eating breakfast
and mean the same thing in both languages. 6. We will form two teams. The teams will
compete against each other. (Give directions
for a fast-walking relay race.)
7. Now let’s say compete together three more
times: compete, compete, compete.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 favorite

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. This photo
1. Another word in the selection is favorite. Say shows a fruit salad. It has some of my favorite
it with me: favorite. Favorite means “best fruits. Peaches and blueberries are my favorite
liked.” People have many favorite things. fruits and here they are. (Point to the peaches
Many people have a favorite color, favorite and blueberries.) Does this fruit salad have any
food, and a favorite holiday. of your favorite fruits in it?
2. En español, favorite quiere decir “el que le 5. Find out about your partner’s favorite things.
gusta a alguien más que todos, preferido, Ask your partner three questions about
favorito.” Muchas personas tienen un favorites, such as What is your favorite color?
color favorito, una comida favorita o una What is your favorite song? What is your
celebración favorita. favorite food? Share your partner’s favorites
with the class.
3. Favorite in English and favorito in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Talk with your partner about your favorite
mean the same thing in both languages. things to do in school. Use the sentence
frame: My favorite thing about school is
.
7. Now let’s say favorite together three more
times: favorite, favorite, favorite.
32
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/PunchStock. (b) © Lew Robertson/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 friend
Word 4 hobby
Key Vocabulary Word 3 friend

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. We said that like and trust are two words that
1. Another word in the selection is friend. Say tell about friends. Work with your partner to
it with me: friend. Friend means “a person think of other words that tell about friends.
you like and trust very much.” Classmates can Take turns saying words. (Examples include:
be our friends. Neighbors can be our friends. fun, play, help.)
Family members can be our friends. 5. People in our class can be our friends. Make a
2. En español, friend quiere decir “una persona a la card about friends. Put a picture on the front.
que quieres o estimas mucho, en la que confías; Put a picture or message inside. After your
amigo.” Nuestros compañeros de clase pueden finish your card, you will give it to someone in
ser nuestros amigos. Nuestros vecinos también the class and tell about the card. (Randomly
pueden ser amigos nuestros. Los miembros de pair children for sharing the cards.)
nuestras familias pueden ser nuestros amigos. 6. Now let’s say friend together three more
3. Now let’s look at the picture. (Point to the times: friend, friend, friend.
girl in the middle of the photo with the pink
shirt.) See this girl? The people around her are
her friends. She has friends that are her age.
She has friends that are older. She has friends
that are girls. She has friends that are boys.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 hobby

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Each of you will have a chance to name a
1. Another word in the selection is hobby. Say hobby you have or would like to have. Act out
it with me: hobby. A hobby is something a what you do when you do your hobby.
person does during free time for fun. Some 5. We will make a chart. I will name hobbies.
people collect things for a hobby. They might You will raise your hand if you think the
collect baseball cards. Other people do things hobby would be fun. I will list the hobbies on
for their hobby such as paint or play music. the board. Beside each, I will list the number
2. En español, hobby quiere decir “lo que uno of children in our class who like it. (Name
hace en su tiempo libre para divertirse, un hobbies such as playing softball, collecting
pasatiempo.” Algunas personas tienen como coins, painting, swimming.)
pasatiempo coleccionar fichas de béisbol. 6. Now let’s say hobby together three more
Otras personas tienen como pasatiempo pintar times: hobby, hobby, hobby.
o tocar música.
shows a boy with a soccer ball. Playing soccer
is the boy’s hobby. When he does not have
schoolwork or chores to do, he plays soccer
for fun.
34
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas/PunchStock. (b) © Stockdisc/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 partner
Key Vocabulary Word 5 partner

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. We are going to play a game called “Copy
1. Another word in the selection is partner. Say Your Partner.” You and a partner will face
it with me: partner. A partner is someone that each other. Your partner will do something,
we do something with. There are some things such as smile, blink, or whistle. Then you will
we usually need a partner to do. For example, copy what your partner does.
people play games with a partner. People 5. I will name things kids can do. If you usually
dance with partners. do that thing by yourself, put up one finger.
2. En español, partner quiere decir “la persona If you usually do the thing with a partner, put
con la que haces una actividad, compañero.” up two fingers.
Hay actividades para las que necesitamos Study
un compañero. Por ejemplo, las personas Play cards
normalmente juegan con un compañero. Para Eat lunch
bailar se necesita un compañero. Brush your teeth
3. Now let’s look at the picture. There are two Read
children working on a school project. They are 6. Now let’s say partner together three more
working together. They are each doing part of times: partner, partner, partner.
the work. They are partners.
36
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © SW Productions/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 quietly
Word 2 firmly
Word 1 quietly
1. In English, we use quietly to tell about things 4. Tell your partner about things that children do
that make little or no noise. Say it with me: quietly. (Examples include: take a nap, look at
quietly. We do things quietly if we do not books, draw pictures, listen to stories)
want to wake up someone who is sleeping. 5. Draw a picture of something that you do
2. En español, quietly quiere decir quietly. Tell you partner about your picture.
“silenciosamente, haciendo poco o nada Talk quietly.
de ruido.” Tratamos de hacer cosas 6. Repeat the word three times with me: quietly,
silenciosamente si no queremos despertar a quietly, quietly.
una persona que está durmiendo.
3. This picture shows the word quietly. The girl is
whispering in the boy’s ear. She does not want
anyone else to hear. So she is talking quietly.
Word 2 firmly
1. In English, we use firmly to tell about holding 5. I will name some things you can hold. If you
things tightly. Say it with me: firmly. I didn’t can hold the thing I say firmly, stand up and
want the dog to run away. I held the dog’s say with me, I can hold firmly. If
leash firmly. you cannot hold the thing firmly, stay seated.
2. En español, firmly quiere decir “firmemente, a pencil
con fuerza.” Para que no se soltara mi perro, a bubble
agarré firmemente su correa. some water
3. Firmly in English and firmemente in Spanish a book
are cognates. They sound almost the same 6. I will ask you to do some things. Please do
and mean the same thing in both languages. them. Then tell me what you did. Hold your
4. This picture shows the word firmly. See the pencil firmly. Students should say, “I hold my
girl holding a bat. (Point to her hands.) Look pencil firmly.” Shake a partner’s hand firmly,
at how she holds it. Her hands are tight but not too hard. “I shake my partner’s hand
around the bat. She holds the bat firmly. firmly.” (Continue with other directions.)
7. Repeat the word three times with me: firmly,
firmly, firmly.
38
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © IT Stock/Polka Dot Images/PunchStock. (b) © SW Productions/Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 1
sports, music, poems,
What Do You Like?
pet, artwork, trips
sports music poems
pet artwork trips
ROUTINE
39
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © IT Stock/PunchStock. (tc) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © David Young-Wolff/PhotoEdit.
(bl) © Royalty-Free/Corbis. (bm) © Image Source/PunchStock. (br) © Pixland/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 assist
Unit 2 Week 2 Friends All Around
Word 2 game
Key Vocabulary Word 1 assist

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. I will name some chores. Nod your head “yes”
1. One word in the selection is assist. Say it with if you would need someone to assist you to do
me: assist. When we assist someone, we help the chore. Shake your head “no” if you would
them do something. We can assist someone not need someone to assist you.
who is doing a job such as cleaning up a mess. Wiping off a table
We can assist someone by helping them learn Reaching a book way up high
something, such as how to play a game. Making a snack
2. En español, to assist quiere decir “ayudar a Getting to school
una persona a hacer algo.” Podemos ayudar Reading a chapter book
a alguien que está limpiando un reguero. Building a block tower
Podemos ayudar a alguien a aprender cómo se 5. You and a partner will find something to do
juega un juego. to make our classroom look nice. For example,
3. Now let’s look at the picture. The girl does her you might put some trash in the trash can.
schoolwork. (Point to the girl.) The teacher You might put books back on the shelves.
assists the girl. (Point to the teacher.) The Assist each other. I will ask you what you did
teacher helps the girl understand what to do. to assist your partner.
6. Now let’s say assist together three more times:
assist, assist, assist.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 game

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner your favorite game. Explain
1. Another word in the selection is game. Say to your partner how to play the game.
it with me: game. Game means “an activity, 5. We will play a game. I will divide you into
contest, or sport with rules.” People play four teams. Each team will have one minute
games for fun. Each person or team tries to do to name as many games as possible. (Give
better than the other person or team so they each team a supply of markers.) You will put a
can win the game. marker in a pile for each game someone in the
2. En español, game quiere decir “una actividad, team names. Then we will count the markers
concurso o deporte con reglas; un juego.” Las for each team. The team that names the most
personas participan en juegos para divertirse. games will be the winner.
Cada persona o equipo trata de ganar el 6. Now let’s say game together three more times:
juego. game, game, game.
3. Now let’s look at the picture. In the photo
a boy and his grandfather play a game. The
game is called checkers. The boy uses the red
pieces. The grandfather uses the black pieces.
They follow the rules to try to get all of each
other’s pieces to win.
42
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Jim Arbogast/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 honest
Word 4 pleasant
Key Vocabulary Word 3 honest

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. I will say some sentences. If you think I am
1. Another word in the selection is honest. Say it being honest, smile. If you think I am lying,
with me: honest. Honest means “truthful.” We frown.
can trust people who are honest. They do not My name is [say your name].
lie or cheat. I teach fifth grade.
2. En español, honest quiere decir “una persona My hair is [say an incorrect hair color].
que dice la verdad, honesto.” Podemos confiar I teach children to read.
en las personas que son honestas. Las personas I use a hammer and saw in my work.
honestas no dicen mentiras ni hacen trampas. I use books in my work.
3. Honest in English and honesto in Spanish are 6. You and your partner will choose one item
cognates. They sound almost the same and in the classroom to show to the class. You
mean the same thing in both languages. will each think of two things to say about
the item. Some of the things you say will
4. Now let’s look at the picture. The girl and
be honest. Some of them will not. The class
grandmother in the photo play cards. They are
will decide when you are being honest. For
honest. They play by the rules. They tell the
example, if I wanted to show you this pencil, I
truth about which cards they have. They do
might say, “It is yellow. It is good to eat.”
not cheat or lie.
7. Now let’s say honest together three more
times: honest, honest, honest.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 pleasant

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner some things that you think
1. Another word in the selection is pleasant. Say are pleasant. Show your partner how you look
it with me: pleasant. Pleasant means “causing when something pleasant happens.
people to feel enjoyment or pleasure.” A nice 5. Work with your partner to make a web. Draw
smell is pleasant. A happy surprise is pleasant. five branches. At the end of one branch draw
2. En español, pleasant quiere decir “que causa a nose. At the end of another draw an eye. At
que alguien sienta diversión, alegría o placer; the end of another draw an ear. At the end of
agradable.” Un rico aroma es agradable. Una another draw a tongue. At the end of the last
sorpresa buena también puede ser agradable. branch, draw a finger. Now, work together to
draw something pleasant to smell, see, hear,
3. Now let’s look at the picture. We see a family
taste, and feel on each of the branches.
sitting outside. It is a nice day. The sun is
out. It is warm enough that they do not need 6. Now let’s say pleasant together three more
coats. They are all smiling and enjoying the times: pleasant, pleasant, pleasant.
day. It is a pleasant day.
44
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas/PictureQuest/Jupiterimages. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 world
Key Vocabulary Word 5 world

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw three things that are part of our world.
1. Another word in the selection is world. Say it Share the drawings with your partner. Tell
with me: world. World means “Earth and all your partner about what you drew.
the people and things on it.” Every living thing 5. Tell your partner some things we can do to
is part of our world. Every human, animal, and take care of our world.
plant is part of our world. Nonliving things 6. Now let’s say world together three more
such as rocks, rivers, and mountains are part times: world, world, world.
of our world, too.
2. En español, world quiere decir “la Tierra y
todas las personas y cosas en ella, el mundo.”
Cada ser viviente es parte de nuestro mundo.
Cada persona, animal y planta es parte de
nuestro mundo. Las cosas inánimes como
las piedras, los ríos y las montañas también
forman parte de nuestro mundo.
shows our planet Earth. Someone took the
photo from space. It shows that all the land
and everything that is on the land is part of
our world. It shows that all the water on
Earth and everything in the water is part
of the world.
46
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image by Reto Stockli, Enhancements by Robert Simmon/NASA Goddard Space Flight Center.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 into
Word 2 out of
Word 1 into
1. In English, into means “inside of something.” 4. (Show children a bag.) I will give you
Say it with me: into. When you go home, something. Then I will ask you to put the
you go into Your house. You are inside of thing into the bag. (An example is: [Name],
your house. put your marker into the bag.) Then we will all
2. En español, into quiere decir “adentro de say what happened. (An example is: [Name]
algo.” Si entras a tu casa, estás adentro de put a marker into the bag.)
la casa. 5. I will ask a question. Then we will all give an
3. This picture shows the word into. A girl is answer. What goes into a lunch bag? (Lunch
going into the bus. She was outside of the goes into a lunch bag.) What goes into a
bus. Soon she will be inside the bus. desk? (Books go into a desk.) (Continue with
this pattern for a few more items.)
6. Repeat the word three times with me: into,
into, into.
Word 2 out of
1. In English, out of means “away from the 4. Let’s say a chant together.
inside.” Say it with me: out of. We can take What comes out of a bird cage?
food out of a refrigerator. A bird comes out of a bird cage.
2. En español, out of quiere decir “fuera, no What comes out of a doghouse?
adentro.” Si sacamos comida del refrigerador, A dog comes out of a doghouse.
está fuera del refrigerador. 5. (Draw a schoolhouse on the board. Be sure to
3. This picture shows the words out of. The include the front door.) We all come out of
children were in school. Now they are leaving school at the end of the day. When I call on
school. They are running out of school. you, tell us that you come out of school. Say:
[Name] comes out of school.
6. Repeat the words three times with me: out of,
out of, out of.
48
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © SW Productions/Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock/PictureQuest.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 2
racket, ball, bat,
Friends All Around
mitt, puck, stick
racket ball bat
mitt puck stick
ROUTINE
49
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photodisc/Stockbyte/Getty Images. (tc) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (tr) © Ingram Publishing/Fotosearch Stock Photography.
(bl) © Royalty-Free/Corbis. (bm) © Squared Studios/Getty Images. (br) © Stockbyte/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 grateful
Unit 2 Week 3 Simon and Molly Plus Hester
Word 2 include
Key Vocabulary Word 1 grateful

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. The children’s
1. One word in the selection is grateful. Say it mother does many things for them. She gives
with me: grateful. Grateful means “feeling them good food. She cleans their clothes. She
that you want to thank someone.” People are helps them learn. The children want to thank
grateful when others help them. People are their mom. They give her a card that says they
grateful when others say something nice or are grateful for everything she does.
give them gifts. 5. Ask children to make a card for someone
2. En español, grateful quiere decir “sentir que le they are grateful to. Then ask them to tell a
quieres dar las gracias a alguien, agradecido.” partner about the card they made.
Uno está agradecido cuando otros lo ayudan. 6. Point out that Thanksgiving in the United
Uno se siente agradecido cuando otros le States is a holiday when we think about what
dicen algo lindo o le dan un regalo. we are grateful for. Have children tell what
3. Grateful in English and agradecido in Spanish they know about this holiday. Invite them to
are cognates. They sound almost the same share about holidays from other cultures that
and mean the same thing in both languages. are about being grateful.
7. Now let’s say grateful together three more
times: grateful, grateful, grateful.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 include

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. Someone is
1. Another word in the selection is include. Say taking the children’s picture. He wants to
it with me: include. To include means “to include everyone. The photographer says,
be sure that someone or something is part “Squeeze in close so I can include everyone.”
of something else.” When we talk about 5. I will give you some directions for forming
something in class, I like to be sure to include groups. Please make the groups I ask you to
everyone. I don’t want to leave any child out. make. I want one group to include (name)
2. En español, to include quiere decir “asegurarse and (name). The next group will include
de que alguien o algo hace parte de otra cosa, (name), (name), and (name). (Continue until
incluir.” Cuando hablamos sobre algo en la all children are grouped.) Now, I will call on
clase, me gusta asegurarme de que he incluido you to tell me who your group includes.
a todo el mundo. No quiero que ningun niño 6. Each of you will take three things out of your
sienta que no le he dado la palabra. desk and put them in a pile. Then you will tell
3. To include in English and incluir in Spanish are me what your pile includes. (Example: My pile
cognates. They sound almost the same and includes a pencil, a book, and a marker.)
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say include together three more
times: include, include, include.
52
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Royalty-Free/Corbis. (b) © ImageState/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 problem
Word 4 solve
Key Vocabulary Word 3 problem

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. You will work with your partner to figure out
1. Another word in the selection is problem. Say the answer to a problem. Here is the problem:
it with me: problem. Problem means “a puzzle Luis and Eduardo eat lunch together. Luis has
or question that needs an answer.” In school, four pretzels. He wants to share them with
we practice what we learn by figuring out the Eduardo. Draw how many pretzels each boy
answers to problems. can eat.
2. En español, problem quiere decir “una pregunta 6. Problems do not have to be about numbers.
o una dificultad que necesita una solución, un They can be about other things. Here is
problema.” En el colegio practicamos lo que another problem you and your partner can
aprendemos cuando tratamos de encontrar las talk about. Think of as many ways as you can
respuestas a problemas. to fix this problem: A kindergarten boy keeps
leaving his crayons in places and forgetting
3. Problem in English and problema in Spanish
where they are. What are some ways to fix
this problem?
7. Now let’s say problem together three more
4. Now let’s look at the picture. The photo shows
times: problem, problem, problem.
some children in school. They are working
with numbers. They are using math to figure
out the answer to a number problem.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 solve

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. I will give you a problem to solve. Think about
1. Another word in the selection is solve. Say it the problem. Tell your partner how you would
with me: solve. To solve means “to figure out solve it. See if you have the same or different
the answer to a question or problem.” When ways to solve the problem. The problem is:
we find the answer to a number problem, we You want to draw a red apple, but you broke
solve the problem. your red crayon and don’t have another
one. What can you do? (draw a green apple,
2. En español, to solve quiere decir “buscar la
borrow a red crayon)
repuesta a una pregunta o un problema,
solucionar.” Cuando encontramos la respuesta 5. Tell your partner about a problem a child
a un problema matemático, solucionamos might have at lunch (or snack time) in school.
el problema. Your partner will give you an idea about how
to solve the problem.
3. Now let’s look at the picture. The teacher
gave the children a math problem to figure 6. Now let’s say solve together three more times:
out. The girl is working on the problem. She is solve, solve, solve.
trying to figure out the answer. Soon she will
solve the problem by finding the answer.
54
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 thoughtful
Key Vocabulary Word 5 thoughtful

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. It is thoughtful to say nice things to people.
1. Another word in the selection is thoughtful. You can say nice things about how a person
Say it with me: thoughtful. Thoughtful means looks or what they do. Say something
“thinking about what others need and being thoughtful to your partner. (Examples include:
kind to them.” Sending a card to someone I like your shirt. I like the pictures you draw.)
who is sick is thoughtful. Sharing a snack with 5. Tell your partner about a thoughtful thing
a friend is thoughtful. someone did for you. Tell how it made you feel.
2. En español, thoughtful quiere decir “que 6. Now let’s say thoughtful together three more
piensa en las necesidades de los demás y en times: thoughtful, thoughtful, thoughtful.
cómo ayudarlos, atento.” Cuando le mandas
una carta a una persona enferma estás siendo
atento. Cuando compartes tu comida con un
amigo estás siendo atento.
3. Now let’s look at the picture. The children are
planning a treat for their mother. They are
making her a special breakfast. They know
their mom works hard. They know it will be a
treat for her to have a special breakfast. What
thoughtful children they are!
56
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 by myself
Word 2 in a group
Word 1 by myself
1. In English, by myself means “alone, without 4. Say this chant with me.
others.” Say it with me: by myself. When I “I can quack by myself,” said the duck.
drive home from school, I am by myself. No “I can meow by myself,” said the cat.
one is in the car with me. “I can moo by myself,” said the cow.
2. En español, by myself quiere decir “solo, sin “What do you think of that?”
compañía.” Cuando manejo hacia mi casa 5. Tell us about some things you can do without
después de clases, estoy sola. No hay nadie help. Say: I can by myself. Then we
más en el coche. will all repeat what you say.
3. This picture shows the word by myself. The 6. Repeat the words three times with me: by
boy says, “I am playing ball by myself. None myself, by myself, by myself.
of my friends want to play.”
Word 2 in a group
1. In English, in a group means “with other 4. I will ask you to stand with some other
people.” Say it with me: in a group. When you children. (Form small groups of various
do something with your family, you are in numbers of children.) As I point to each
a group. group, we will tell who is in the group. (An
2. En español, in a group quiere decir “en un example is: Luis, Marty, and Ken are in a
grupo, con otras personas.” Al hacer algo con group.)
tu familia, estás en un grupo. 5. Draw a picture of something that children do
3. This picture shows the words in a group. How in a group. Show the class your picture and
many boys are playing basketball? Count them tell us about it. Use the sentence: Children
with me: one, two, three. The three boys play in a group. Then the class will
in a group. repeat your sentence.
6. Repeat the words three times with me: in a
group, in a group, in a group.
58
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Polka Dot Images/IT Stock/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 3
fold, rip, color,
Simon and Molly Plus Hester
write, paint, crumple
fold rip color
write paint crumple
ROUTINE
59
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./Ken Karp photographer. (tc) © JupiterImages/Brand X Pictures/Alamy Images. (tr) © image100/Corbis.
(bl) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (bm) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (br) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 continue
Unit 3 Week 1 The Bus for Us
Word 2 glide
Key Vocabulary Word 1 continue

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. We see people
1. One word in the selection is continue. Say it on bikes. They are riding across a field. The
with me: continue. To continue means “to bikers will not stop. They will continue riding
keep doing something without stopping.” until they get to the trees.
There are some things we continue to do all 5. Let’s wave, and let’s continue to wave for ten
the time. We continue to breathe even while seconds. I will tell you when to start. Then I
we sleep. will say continue. Keep waving until I say stop.
2. En español, to continue quiere decir “seguir 6. We will play Simon Says. You will do what I
haciendo algo sin parar, continuar.” Hay say if I say “Simon says” first. If I do not say
cosas que continuamos de hacer todo el “Simon says,” do not do what I say. (Give
tiempo. Continuamos respirando aún mientras directions such as, Simon says, “Hop.” Simon
dormimos. says, “Continue hopping.” Simon says, “Stop.”
3. To continue in English and continuar in Simon says, “Clap.” “Stop.”)
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say continue together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: continue, continue, continue.
languages.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 glide

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend to glide like the bird in the
1. Another word in the selection is glide. Say it picture. Use your arms as wings. Move
with me: glide. To glide means “to move in smoothly with me.
a smooth, easy way.” Ice skaters glide across 5. I will name some things. If I say something
the ice. that glides, make your hand glide across your
2. En español, to glide quiere decir “moverse table. If I say something that does not glide,
fácil y suavemente, resbalar, deslizar.” Los sit still.
patinadores se deslizan sobre el hielo. A fish going through the water
3. Now let’s look at the picture. This bird glides An airplane in the sky
through the air. He moves smoothly. He moves A rabbit hopping in a field
easily.
A duck walking on grass
A piece of ice moving along a slippery floor.
6. Now let’s say glide together three more times:
glide, glide, glide.
62
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Karl Weatherly/Getty Images. (b) © Purestock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 rapidly
Word 4 transportation
Key Vocabulary Word 3 rapidly

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. We can talk slowly or we can talk rapidly. I
1. Another word in the selection is rapidly. Say will ask you a question. See how rapidly you
it with me: rapidly. Rapidly means “fast or can answer. (Ask questions that children will
quickly.” Rabbits move rapidly. Worms do not be able to answer without hesitation, such as
move rapidly. What is your whole name? What do you like to
do in school?)
2. En español, rapidly quiere decir “de prisa,
rápidamente.” Los conejos se mueven 6. Each child will have a chance to act out an
rápidamente. Las lombrices no se mueven animal that moves rapidly. We will guess what
rápidamente. animal you act out.
3. Rapidly in English and rápidamente in Spanish 7. Now let’s say rapidly together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: rapidly, rapidly, rapidly.
4. Now let’s look at the picture. Look at the man.
He is taking a package somewhere. He is in a
hurry. He checks his watch to see how much
time he has. Look at his legs. They are moving
fast. The man moves rapidly.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 transportation

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. There are different kinds of transportation for
1. Another word in the selection is different places. Some kinds of transportation
transportation. Say it with me: transportation. go on the land. Some kinds of transportation
Transportation means “a way to get from go in the water. Some transportation goes
place to place.” Some children come to school in the air. You and your partner will tell each
on a bus. A bus is one kind of transportation. other one kind of transportation for each
place: land, water, and air.
2. En español, transportation quiere decir
“algún modo de llegar de un lugar a otro, 6. Draw a form of transportation that children
transporte.” Algunos niños llegan al colegio can use by themselves. (Examples include:
en bus. El bus es un medio de tranporte. walking, biking, skateboarding, sledding)
Show your picture to a partner and talk
3. Transportation in English and transporte in
about it.
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say transportation together three
languages. more times: transportation, transportation,
transportation.
4. Now let’s look at the picture. We see trucks
and cars on the road. We see trains on the
tracks. The trucks, cars, and trains are taking
people from place to place. Trucks, cars, and
trains are a few kinds of transportation.
64
© MacMillan McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.. (b) © GeoStock/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 vehicle
Key Vocabulary Word 5 vehicle

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner about a kind of vehicle you
1. Another word in the selection is vehicle. Say it would like to ride in. Explain why you would
with me: vehicle. A vehicle is something that like to ride in that vehicle. Tell where you
moves people or things from place to place. would like to go in it.
Many vehicles have wheels. Some examples 6. Draw a pretend vehicle that people might use
are cars, trucks, and buses. many years from now. Maybe it can run on
2. En español, vehicle quiere decir “algo que water instead of gas. Maybe it can fly over
mueve a personas o cosas de un lugar a otro, traffic jams. Use your imagination. Then show
vehículo.” Muchos vehículos tienen llantas, your vehicle to your partner and tell what
como los carros o automóviles, los camiones y special things it can do.
los buses. 7. Now let’s say vehicle together three more
3. Vehicle in English and vehículo in Spanish are times: vehicle, vehicle, vehicle.
4. Now let’s look at the picture. This is a vehicle
that people do not use much any more. It is a
streetcar. See the people on it. They use this
vehicle to get from place to place.
66
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./John Flournoy, photographer.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 quickly
Word 2 slowly
Word 1 quickly
1. In English, we use the word quickly to describe 4. I am going to tell you to do some things
things that happen fast. Say it with me: quickly. Do what I ask and tell me what you
quickly. If I touch something hot, I move my are doing.
hand away quickly. Jump up and down. (I jump up and down
2. En español, quickly quiere decir decir quickly.)
“rápidamente.” Si toco algo caliente, retiro Sit down. (I sit down quickly.)
mi mano rápidamente. Run in place. (I run quickly.)
3. This picture shows the word quickly. It shows 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
some people racing bikes. They are pedaling Repeat the sentences. Replace the word fast
very fast. They are moving quickly. with quickly.
Please don’t eat so fast.
Bring me the papers fast.
I can read fast.
6. Repeat the word three times with me: quickly,
quickly, quickly.
Word 2 slowly
1. In English, we use the word slowly to describe 4. I am going to do some things. If I do
things we take a long time to do. Say it with something slowly, copy what I do and say,
me: slowly. When I want to enjoy my food, I “slowly.” If I do something quickly, say
chew slowly. “quickly.” (Wave slowly. Sing quickly. Walk
2. En español, slowly quiere decir “lentamente, slowly. Clap slowly. Nod quickly.)
sin prisa.” Cuando quiero disfrutar mi comida, 5. Now I’m going to tell you some things animals
la mastico lentamente. do. Tell me whether they do each thing slowly
3. This picture shows the word slowly. See the or quickly.
little boy on the bike. He is just learning to Turtles crawl. (slowly)
ride. He does not know how to do it well. He Horses run. (quickly)
cannot go fast. He rides slowly. Rabbits hop. (quickly)
Bears wake up after a long winter nap.
(slowly)
Butterflies fly from flower to flower. (quickly)
6. Repeat the word three times with me: slowly,
slowly, slowly.
68
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Donovan Reese/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Ben Blankenburg/Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 1
garbage truck, tractor, taxi,
The Bus for Us
fire engine, tow truck, school bus
garbage truck tractor taxi
fire engine tow truck school bus
ROUTINE
69
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Harry Spurling/Corbis. (tc) © Doug Menuez/Getty Images. (tr) © Steve Mason/Getty Images.
(bl) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (bm) © Thinkstock/PunchStock. (br) © Comstock/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 familiar
Unit 3 Week 2 On the Go
Word 2 journey
Key Vocabulary Word 1 familiar

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. Can you name
1. One word in the selection is familiar. Say all the things on the tray? Of course you can.
it with me: familiar. Familiar means “well- You know what they are and how people use
known.” Our principal is familiar to everyone them. All these things are familiar to you. Let’s
in our school. name these familiar objects together: pencil,
block, button, rock, spoon.
2. En español, familiar quiere decir “conocido,
familiar.” Todos los estudiantes conocen al 5. Stand with one of your classmates. When it
rector o administrador. Para nosotros, el rector is your turn, tell us about the friend standing
es familiar. with you using the sentence: I am familiar
with
3. Familiar in English and familiar in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Choose an item in our classroom that you
mean the same thing in both languages. know how to use. You will have a chance to
tell us what familiar object you have found
and tell us what you know about it.
7. Now let’s say familiar together three more
times: familiar, familiar, familiar.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 journey

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a journey you took in
1. Another word in the selection is journey. the past. If you have not taken a journey, you
Say it with me: journey. A journey is a trip can tell about an imaginary journey.
to another place. Journeys are often long. 5. When you go on a journey, you pack a
Someone might take a journey to another city suitcase of things you need. You and your
or another country. partner will play a game. First, you will say,
2. En español, journey quiere decir “una “I am going on a journey, and I will take
aventura a otro lugar, un viaje.” Los viajes .” Name something you will put
muchas veces son largos. Uno puede hacer un in your suitcase. Then your partner will say
viaje a otra ciudad o a otro país. the same sentence and tell what he or she
will take. Keep taking turns, until I ask you
3. Now let’s look at the picture. The people on
to stop.
the train are taking a journey. They are not
just going to the store in their neighborhood. 6. Now let’s say journey together three more
They take a train because they are going times: journey, journey, journey.
far away.
72
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./Ken Cavanagh Photographer. (b) © Schussler/PhotoLink/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 prepare
Word 4 relax
Key Vocabulary Word 3 prepare

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. A child is getting
1. Another word in the selection is prepare. Say ready for school. To prepare for school, he
it with me: prepare. To prepare means “to packed food in this lunch box. When he gets
get ready.” To prepare for school, children to school, he will be ready. He will take the
get dressed, eat breakfast, and pack up their food out of the lunch box at recess and eat.
books and supplies. 5. Choose a holiday you enjoy. Tell your partner
2. En español, to prepare quiere decir “alistarse, what people do to prepare for that holiday.
prepararse.” Los niños se visten, desayunan y 6. Think of a food you have seen someone
cogen sus libros cuando se están preparando prepare. Explain to your partner how to
para ir al colegio. prepare that food.
3. To prepare in English and preparar in Spanish 7. Now let’s say prepare together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: prepare, prepare, prepare.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 relax

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Show me how you look when you relax.
1. Another word in the selection is relax. Say it 6. I am going to name things that some people
with me: relax. To relax means “to rest and like to do to relax. If you like to relax the way
enjoy yourself.” After we work hard, we like I name, clap your hands.
to relax. We can take a nap to relax. We can Playing ball
read or play a game to relax.
Watching television
2. En español, to relax quiere decir “descansar
y reposar, relajarse.” Después de trabajar nos Taking long walks
gusta relajarnos. Podemos tomar una siesta Playing with toy cars
para relajarnos. Podemos jugar o leer para Doing puzzles
relajarnos.
Reading comic books
3. To relax in English and relajar in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and Jumping rope
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say relax together three more times:
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates relax, relax, relax.
the word relax. We see a father and his
children. They are not working. They are
sitting outside on a sunny day. This is how
they relax.
74
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./Ken Karp photographer. (b) © Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 travel
Key Vocabulary Word 5 travel

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner whether you think it is fun to
1. Another word in the selection is travel. Say it travel or not. Tell why.
with me: travel. To travel means “to go from 5. People sometimes send postcards to their
one place to another place.” Some people friends and family when they travel. (Show
travel to another place for fun. Other times a postcard, if possible, or draw one on the
people travel because they have work to do in board.) You will draw a postcard for a place
a place far from their home. where you have traveled. It can be for
2. En español, to travel quiere decir “ir de un somewhere close by or far away. Share your
lugar a otro, viajar.” Algunas personas viajan postcard with your partner. Tell about when
a otros lugares para divertirse. Otras personas you traveled to the place.
tienen que viajar porque tienen que trabajar 6. Now let’s say travel together three more
lejos de la casa. times: travel, travel, travel.
shows people who travel by car. Maybe there
is a family in one of the cars. Maybe it is
summer and they want to travel to a beach
that is far away from their home.
76
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Charles Smith/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 on foot
Word 2 by train
Word 1 on foot
1. In English, we use the phrase on foot when 4. We will take a trip around our classroom on
we talk about walking somewhere. Say it with foot. Chant with me as we walk:
me: on foot. If I took a little walk around the We are taking a trip on foot.
schoolyard, I would be on foot. We can walk or we can run.
2. En español, on foot quiere decir “a pie, We are having fun. (Repeat several times.)
caminando.” Si doy un paseo por la escuela, 5. I will tell you some places we could visit. If I
me voy a pie. name somewhere we can go on foot, start to
3. This picture shows people traveling on foot. walk in place and say, “on foot.” If we could
The family is walking through the woods. not go to the place on foot because it is too
They are not on bikes. They are not in a car. far away, stay still and don’t say anything.
They are taking a trip on foot. our school library
another country
the playground.
(Name several more places in your community
and far from your community.)
6. Repeat the word three times with me: on foot,
on foot, on foot.
Word 2 by train
1. In English, we use the phrase by train when 4. The noise a train makes is “choo, choo!” Let’s
we get on a train and go somewhere. Say pretend to take a trip around our classroom by
it with me: by train. A train is something to train. Let’s start. Say, “Choo, choo!” as we go.
travel on. It looks like this. (Draw a simple (Stop.) Tell me what we did. (We took a trip
train and tracks on the board.) It does not go by train.)
on a street like a car. It goes on a track. If I 5. We take trains to go to faraway places. I will
want to go somewhere that is too far to walk, tell you some places we could visit. If I name
I could go by train. somewhere we can go by train, say “by train.”
2. En español, by train quiere decir “en tren.” If we would not go to the place by train
Podemos viajar en tren. Éste es un tren. because it is close by, stay still and don’t say
(Dibuje un tren simple sobre sus rieles en el anything.
tablero.) No va por la calle como un carro. New York City
Corre sobre rieles. Si quiero ir a un lugar que The school gym
queda demasiado lejos para ir a pie, podría ir The playground
en tren. Canada
3. This picture shows the people traveling by 6. Repeat the word three times with me: by
train. The people are getting on a train. They train, by train, by train.
will go inside the train and sit down. The train
will start to go. At the end of the trip, the
people will get off the train. They are going
somewhere by train.
78
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (b) © Steve Mason/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 2
boat, jet, trolley,
On the Go
rocket, wagon, helicopter
boat jet trolley
rocket wagon helicopter
ROUTINE
79
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock. (tc) © Corbis/PunchStock. (tr) © Thinkstock/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © Stocktrek/age fotostock. (bm) © C Squared Studios/Getty Images. (br) © Thinkstock Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 adventure
Unit 3 Week 3 Duck on a Bike
Word 2 attach
Key Vocabulary Word 1 adventure

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. The people
1. One word in the selection is adventure. are on a raft. The raft is on a fast river. The
Say it with me: adventure. An adventure people are having an exciting ride. They are
is an exciting thing to do. A trip can be on an adventure.
an adventure. People on a trip see and do 5. Tell your partner about an adventure from a
exciting things. book, a television show, or a movie. Explain
2. En español, adventure quiere decir “algo que why you thought what happened was
uno hace que es riesgoso pero divertido, una exciting.
hazaña o una aventura.” Un viaje podría ser 6. We said that exciting and adventure go
una aventura. Cuando uno va de viaje, ve y together. Talk with your partner about other
hace cosas diferentes y divertidas. words that go with adventure. (Examples
3. Adventure in English and aventura in Spanish include: fun, scary, new, different)
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say adventure together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: adventure, adventure, adventure.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 attach

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. (Put out a supply of paperclips along with
1. Another word in the selection is attach. Say it papers, index cards, envelopes, and similar
with me: attach. To attach means “to put or items.) I am going to give each of you a
connect something onto something else.” In direction to follow. Listen carefully and do
school, we use glue, paperclips, and tape to what I tell you. (Give directions such as:
attach things to each other. Hector, attach the index card to the red paper.
Ana, attach the big paper to the little paper.)
2. En español, to attach quiere decir “atar o
conectar una cosa con otra, sujetar.” En el 5. Let’s go on a hunt. We will walk around our
colegio usamos goma de pegar, clips y cinta room and find things we use to attach one
pegante para sujetar una cosa a otra. thing to another. When you see one, point to
it and say the word for the thing.
3. Now let’s look at the picture. The dog has a
leash attached to its collar. Before the dog can 6. Now let’s say attach together three more
go outside, its owner must attach its leash so times: attach, attach, attach.
it can’t run away. The owner uses a little hook
to connect the leash to the dog’s collar.
82
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Bob Winsett/Index Stock Imagery. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 haul
Word 4 massive
Key Vocabulary Word 3 haul

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. I will name some things. Stand up if I name
1. Another word in the selection is haul. Say something a person could haul. Sit down if the
it with me: haul. To haul means “to move thing is too big or heavy for a person to haul.
something that is heavy.” Sometimes, we haul A box of clothes
things ourselves. We can haul a heavy box to A car
the basement. Other times, we use something
to help us. A van can haul furniture to a A rug
family’s new house. A trashcan
2. En español, to haul quiere decir “mover o A school desk
arrastrar algo muy pesado, tirar.” A veces A bucket of dirt
nosotros mismos tiramos de cosas. Podríamos
tirar de una caja pesada para llevarla al A giraffe
sótano. 5. Pretend you are hauling a box of toys. Show
3. Now let’s look at the picture. Look at the me what you would do.
huge logs in this picture. They must be very 6. Now let’s say haul together three more times:
heavy. The trucks haul the logs away. haul, haul, haul.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 massive

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw something that is massive. Share your
1. Another word in the selection is massive. Say drawing with your partner. Tell what you have
it with me: massive. Massive means “very, very drawn. Which is more massive in real life? The
large.” A mountain is massive. A stone is not object you drew or the object your partner
massive. drew?
2. En español, massive quiere decir “muy muy 5. Work with your partner to name as many
grande, gigante, enorme.” Una montaña es massive animals as you can think of.
enorme, pero una piedra no es enorme. 6. Now let’s say massive together three more
3. Now let’s look at the picture. (Point to the times: massive, massive, massive.
whale.) See this huge sea animal. It is one of
the biggest animals in the world. This whale is
massive.
84
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (b) © Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 wheels
Key Vocabulary Word 5 wheels

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. We will sing the song, “The Wheels on the
1. Another word in the selection is wheels. Say it Bus.” Every time we say the word wheels,
with me: wheels. Wheels are round things that make a circle in the air with your finger.
let other things roll. Bikes have two wheels. 5. Let’s pretend we are walking in the
Cars have four wheels. Some trucks have 18 neighborhood. I will say things we see. Every
wheels! time I say something that has wheels, stop
2. En español, wheels quiere decir “los objetos and say, “Wheels!” (As you lead children
redondos que permiten que algunas cosas se in walking around the classroom, make
muevan, ruedas.” Las bicicletas tienen dos comments such as, Now we are passing the
ruedas. Los carros o automóviles tienen cuatro grocery store. I see a truck full of bread.
ruedas. Algunas tractomulas tienen 18 ruedas. Oh, look, there is a bus bringing children to
school.)
3. Now let’s look at the picture. (Point to the
wheels.) See the round wheels. They are part 6. Now let’s say wheels together three more
of a truck. They let the truck roll down the times: wheels, wheels, wheels.
road.
86
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 toward
Word 2 past
Word 1 toward
1. In English, we use the word toward to tell 4. We will play Simon Says. If Simon says
about going closer to something. Say it with to go toward something, do it, and say,
me: toward. Watch as I walk toward my desk. “toward.” If Simon does not say to go toward
(From another part of the room, walk toward something, stand still. Simon says, “Walk two
your desk.) steps toward me. “ Simon says, “Hop one
2. En español, toward quiere decir “hacia algo, step toward your partner.” Simon says, “Sit
en la dirección de una cosa.” Miren cómo down in your seat.” (Continue with similar
camino hacia mi escritorio. (Camine hacia su directions.)
escritorio desde otra parte del cuarto.) 5. Work with a partner. Take turns telling each
3. This picture shows the word toward. The other to go toward different things in our
people are playing basketball. The man threw room.
the ball toward the basket. (Point to the man. 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
Then put your finger on his raised hands and toward, toward, toward.
arc toward the net to show the movement
of the ball.) The ball is getting closer and
closer to the basket. The ball is going toward
the basket.
Word 2 past
1. In English, we use the word past to tell that 4. I will give each of you a direction to follow.
we go by a place and keep on going. We do After you follow the direction, we will all say
not stop. Say it with me: past. Watch as I walk what you did. [Name], please walk past the
past the bookshelf. (Walk past the bookshelf door. We should all say, “[Name] walked past
and keep moving until you are a distance the door.” “[Name], please walk past [name].”
from it.) Say, “[Name] walked past [name].” (Continue
2. En español, past se dice “pasar por algo.” Si until everyone has had a turn.)
pasamos por un lugar, no paramos. Seguimos 5. Now work with a partner. Take turns
caminando. Miren cómo paso por el estante. telling each other what to walk past in the
(Pase por el estante y siga un poco después classroom.
de pasarlo.) 6. Repeat the word three times with me: past,
3. This picture shows the word past. The girl is in past, past.
a race. (Point to the girl in the forefront.) She
is at the finish line. (Point to the finish line.)
She is going to keep running. She will go past
the finish line. Then she will win the race.
88
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoLink/Getty Images. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 3
duck, cow, pig,
Duck on a Bike
horse, sheep, goat
duck cow pig
horse sheep goat
ROUTINE
89
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Creatas/PunchStock. (tr) © Corbis/PunchStock.
(bl) © Creatas/PunchStock. (bm) © moodboard. (br) © Creatas/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 combine
Unit 4 Week 1 Apple Farmer Annie
Word 2 farmer
Key Vocabulary Word 1 combine

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend you are going to make shish
1. One word in the selection is combine. Say it kabob. Think about the kinds of meats and
with me: combine. To combine means “to mix vegetables you like. Tell your partner what
or put together.” If we combine red paint foods you would combine to make your
with yellow paint, we get orange paint. shish kabob.
2. En español, to combine quiere decir “mezclar 6. Think of some other things you can combine
o poner junto, combinar.” Si combinamos to make food. For example, you can combine
pintura roja con pintura amarilla, quedamos chocolate syrup and milk to make chocolate
con pintura naranja o anaranjada. milk. Draw a picture of something you can
make when you combine two or more foods.
3. To combine in English and combinar in
Tell your partner about your drawing.
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say combine together three more
languages. times: combine, combine, combine.
4. Now let’s look at the picture. It shows a kind
of food called shish kabob. This shish kabob
has meat, tomatoes, corn, and squash. To
make shish kabob, we combine different
kinds of meat and vegetables and cook them
on a stick.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 farmer

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. We said that some farmers have plants on
1. Another word in the selection is farmer. Say their land. Some farmers also have animals.
it with me: farmer. A farmer is a person who Let’s sing about an old farmer named
grows food plants. Some farmers grow fruit, MacDonald. The song tells about the animals
such as apples and grapes. Some farmers grow on his farm. Pretend to be the farmer Old
vegetables, such as corn and peas. MacDonald. Point to yourself every time
we say the farmer’s name. (Lead children in
2. En español, farmer quiere decir “una persona
singing “Old MacDonald Had a Farm.”)
que cultiva plantas para comer, un granjero.”
Algunos granjeros cultivan frutas como uvas y 5. Farmers have to do many jobs. We will name
manzanas. Otros granjeros cultivan vegetales some of the jobs. We will act out each job we
como el maíz y las arvejas. name. Say what I say and do what I do:
3. Now let’s look at the picture. We see a farmer Farmers plant seeds. (Pretend to plant seeds.)
taking a rest on his farm. He has probably Farmers water plants. (Pretend to water
been planting seeds or gathering fruits and plants.)
vegetables from his plants. See the fields Farmers pick vegetables. (Pretend to pick
behind him. The farmer grows food plants in crops.)
the field.
6. Now let’s say farmer together three more
times: farmer, farmer, farmer.
92
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 ingredient
Word 4 market
Key Vocabulary Word 3 ingredient

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. I am going to name some ingredients. If you
1. Another word in the selection is ingredient. Say like the ingredient smile and nod “yes.” If you
it with me: ingredient. An ingredient is a food do not like the ingredient, frown and shake
you mix with other foods to make something your head “no.” The first ingredient is ketchup.
to eat. The ingredients for a peanut butter The second ingredient is honey. (Continue this
and jelly sandwich are peanut butter, jelly, and pattern with other foods.)
bread. 6. We will pretend to make some foods. First,
2. En español, ingredient quiere decir “una de we will make chili. What is one ingredient
la partes que se mezclan para preparar una we need? (meat) Let’s pretend to put that
receta, un ingrediente.” Los ingredientes en ingredient in a pot. (Continue this pattern
un emparedado de mantequilla de maní con adding beans, tomatoes, and spices. Then
mermelada son pan, mermelada y mantequilla pretend to make another food.)
de maní. 7. Now let’s say ingredient together three more
3. Ingredient in English and ingrediente in Spanish times: ingredient, ingredient, ingredient.
are cognates. They sound almost the same and
4. Now let’s look at the picture. We see some
foods in the picture. We could put together
some of these ingredients to make something
to eat. We could cook the macaroni with
cheese and milk to make macaroni and cheese.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 market

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. The people
1. Another word in the selection is market. Say in the picture are at a market. (Point to the
it with me: market. A market is a place where woman behind the counter.) This woman
people buy and sell things. In some markets, grew lots of tomatoes. She wants to sell them
people sell things they made. They might sell at the market. (Point to the customer.) This
jewelry or clothes or pies. woman wants to buy tomatoes. She came to
the market to find some.
2. En español, market quiere decir “el lugar
donde las personas compran y venden 5. We will march around the classroom and say
cosas, el mercado.” En algunos mercados las a rhyme. Follow me and echo the lines after
personas venden las cosas que hacen. Tal vez me: To market, to market to buy a fat pig.
vendan su joyería, ropa o tortas. Home again, home again, jiggety, jig. (Repeat
replacing with rhymes such as a big bread,
3. Market in English and mercado in Spanish are
jiggety, jed; a fun toy, jiggety, joy. )
mean the same thing in both languages. 6. Each of you will draw and cut out a piece of
food. We will put all the foods on the table
and pretend we are at a market. Each child
will pretend to buy one piece of food at our
market. (To save time, you could use toy food.)
7. Now let’s say market together three more
times: market, market, market.
94
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/PunchStock. (b) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./Lars A. Niki, photographer.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 nutritious
Key Vocabulary Word 5 nutritious

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Draw a nutritious snack. Show your partner
1. Another word in the selection is nutritious. Say and tell him or her about the nutritious snack.
it with me: nutritious. A food that is nutritious 6. You and your partner will take turns naming
is good for our bodies.” Fruit is nutritious. foods. Name some foods that are nutritious.
Vegetables are nutritious. Candy is not so Name some foods that are not good for you.
nutritious. After one partner names a food, the other will
2. En español, nutritious quiere decir “que es say, “nutritious” or “not nutritious” for each
bueno para el cuerpo, nutritivo.” La comida food.
nutritiva es buena para nuestros cuerpos. Las 7. Now say nutritious three more times with me:
frutas y las verduras son nutritivas. El dulce no nutritious, nutritious, nutritious.
es nutritivo
3. Nutritious in English and nutritivo in Spanish
4. Now let’s look at the picture. We see a lunch.
Is the lunch nutritious? (Point to juice.) Juice
is nutritious. Soda would not be nutritious.
(Point to the sandwich.) A sandwich with meat
is nutritious. The sandwich would be more
nutritious with whole wheat bread. (Point to
the apple.) An apple is a nutritious dessert. It
is much healthier than candy or cake.
96
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © David Buffington/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 set up
Word 2 pack up
Word 1 set up
1. In English, we use set up to tell about getting 4. Let’s pretend we are going to make a peanut
ready to do something. Say it with me: set up. butter and jelly sandwich. Let’s set up. Do
Pretend that we want to set up a table where what I do. (Pantomime the steps of making
you can paint. Here is how we would set up. the sandwich.) What is the first thing we do
We would put down paper. Then we would to set up? The first thing we do to set up is
put out paints, brushes, and water. get out bread. What is the second thing we do
2. En español, to set up quiere decir “prepararse to set up? (Continue asking about the steps
para hacer algo.” Imagina que quieres and have children answer using the sentence
preparar una mesa para poder pintar. Así es frame: The thing we do to set
cómo la podemos preparar. Primero ponemos up is .)
papel. Luego sacamos las pinturas, pinceles y 5. Think about a game you like to play. What do
agua. you have to do to set up to play the game?
3. This picture shows the phrase set up. The (Call on a few children to respond.)
children are getting ready to do something. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
They are setting up a table to sell drinks. They set up, set up, set up.
must make the drinks and put out the cups.
They must make a sign and hang it. This is
how they set up.
Word 2 pack up
1. In English, we use pack up to tell about 4. I am going to name some things. If they are
putting things away. Say it with me: pack up. things you can pack up in a box, say “pack
Before you leave home in the morning, you up.” If you could not pack up the thing, say
pack up the things you need for school. “no.”
2. En español, to pack up quiere decir “empacar clothes
lo necesario.” Antes de salir de tu casa para a puppy
irte a la escuela, tienes que empacar las cosas your friend
que necesitas. games
3. This picture shows the phrase pack up. See books
the little boy. He puts old toys in a box. These water
are toys he does not want anymore. The boy 5. Pretend you are going on a trip. Think about
packs up the toys to give to someone else. what you would like to do on the trip. What
things do you need to pack up to take on the
trip?
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: pack
up, pack up, pack up.
98
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 1
pie, cake, muffin,
Apple Farmer Annie
juice, cider, sauce
pie cake muffin
juice cider sauce
ROUTINE
99
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Dynamic Graphics/PunchStock. (tc) © Jack Sullivan/Alamy Images. (tr) © D. Hurst/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Emilio Ereza/Alamy Images. (bm) © Spike Mafford/Getty Images. (br) © Brand X Pictures/Burke/Triolo Productions/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 appetite
Unit 4 Week 2 Our Special Sweet Potato Pie
Word 2 feast
Key Vocabulary Word 1 appetite

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. I will do actions that show I have a good
1. One word in the selection is appetite. Say it appetite. Repeat them after me and say, “I
with me: appetite. If you have an appetite, have a good appetite.” (Do actions such as
you want something to eat or drink. We smiling while sniffing; rubbing your tummy;
usually have a good appetite after we work or pretending to eat with enthusiasm.)
play hard. Smelling good food can also make 6. We will play “Big Appetite.” I will start. I have
us have an appetite. a big appetite. I eat a sandwich. The next
2. En español, appetite quiere decir “ganas de player will stand up and add to what I say.
comer o beber algo, apetito.” Después de I have a big appetite. I eat a sandwich and
trabajar o jugar bastante, uno normalmente soup. The next person will stand and repeat
tiene buen apetito. El aroma de comida the two foods and add another. (Continue
también puede abrirle el apetito. until there are about four or five foods to
repeat then start again.)
3. Appetite in English and apetito in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say appetite together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: appetite, appetite, appetite.
4. Now let’s look at the picture. We see a girl
putting peanut butter on bread. Look at her
face. All her attention is on the food. She must
want the peanut butter bread badly. She must
have an appetite for it.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 feast

TEACHER TALK
PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Think about a time your family or someone
1. Another word in the selection is feast. Say you know had a big meal to celebrate. Tell
it with me: feast. A feast is a very big, fancy your partner about the feast.
meal. Many families have feasts to celebrate 5. Work with your partner to plan a feast.
Thanksgiving and other holidays. Decide what foods you will have at your feast.
2. En español, feast quiere decir “una comida Pretend a piece of paper is the top of a table.
elaborada y grande, un banquete.” Muchas Take turns drawing different foods on a table
familias celebran los días festivos como el Día at your feast.
de Acción de Gracias con banquetes. 6. Now let’s say feast together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at the picture. The picture feast, feast, feast.
shows a feast. We see many different things
to eat. The food is on fancy plates. There are
flowers on the table. This feast looks yummy.
102
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jack Hollingsworth/Corbis. (b) © Comstock Images/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 flavor
Word 4 prefer
Key Vocabulary Word 3 flavor

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. You and your partner will make a flavor chart.
1. Another word in the selection is flavor. Say Fold a paper in half. (Demonstrate.) Make a
it with me: flavor. Flavor means “the taste of happy face on one half. Make a sad face on
a food.” Berries have a sweet flavor. Lemons the other half. (Demonstrate.) Take turns with
have a sour flavor. your partner drawing foods you like the flavor
of under the smiley face. Take turns drawing
2. En español, flavor quiere decir “el sabor o
foods you do not like the flavor of under the
gusto de una comida.” Las fresas tienen un
sad face.
sabor dulce. Los limones tienen un sabor
ácido. 5. Ice cream is a food that comes in many flavors.
Work with your partner to make up some new
3. Now let’s look at the picture. We see the
flavors that you have never tried before.
inside of an orange. Think about biting into
the juicy orange. Think how it tastes on your 6. Now let’s say flavor together three more
tongue. An orange has a special taste. That times: flavor, flavor, flavor.
taste is its flavor.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 prefer

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. We see ice
1. Another word in the selection is prefer. Say cream cones in three different flavors. Name
it with me: prefer. To prefer means “to like them with me: chocolate, strawberry, and
one thing more than another.” Some people vanilla. Pretend they are real and that you
like winter because they prefer cold weather. may have one. Which flavor do you like more
Some people like summer because they prefer than the other two? Which would you prefer
hot weather. to eat?
2. En español, prefer quiere decir “escoger algo 5. I will show each of you two books at a time.
sobre otra cosa, preferir.” Algunas personas You may take the book you would prefer to
prefieren el invierno porque les gusta el frío. look at. Then tell me why you prefer that
Otras personas prefieren el verano porque les book.
gusta salir a disfrutar del sol y el calor. 6. We will act out two activities and you tell
3. To prefer in English and preferir in Spanish are me which activity you prefer. Let’s act out
cognates. They sound almost the same and jumping rope. Let’s act out swimming. Raise
mean the same thing in both languages. your hand if you prefer jumping rope. Now
raise your hand if you prefer swimming.
(Continue with several other choices.)
7. Now let’s say prefer together three more
times: prefer, prefer, prefer.
104
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © John A Rizzo/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 special
Key Vocabulary Word 5 special

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. The girl made
1. Another word in the selection is special. Say breakfast for her parents. This is not something
it with me: special. Special means “different she does all the time. This is different. The
from other things in a good way.” Holidays parents are happy and excited about this treat.
are special times of the year. We do fun things It is special to have breakfast in bed.
that we don’t do at other times of the year. 5. Most people think their birthday is a special
2. En español, special quiere decir “diferente a day. Tell your partner some things you like to
otras cosas de una buena manera, especial.” do to make your birthday special.
Los días festivos son ocasiones especiales. 6. What foods are special to you? Think of some
Sólo ocurren pocas veces al año y tenemos foods you like very much but do not get to eat
celebraciones cuando pasan. a lot. Takes turns with your partner. Tell each
3. Special in English and especial in Spanish are other special foods you like.
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now say special three more times with me:
mean the same thing in both languages. special, special, special.
106
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 back and forth
Word 2 load after load

Word 1 back and forth
1. In English, we use the phrase back and forth 4. Do what I do and say what I say. (Demonstrate
to tell about going in one direction and then hopping as you say the following sentences.)
in another direction over and over again. Say (Repeat with other actions such as wave,
it with me: back and forth. Watch my finger. jump, nod.)
I will move it back and forth. (Raise an index 5. What are some things that move back and
finger and move it back and forth.) Now move forth? (Call on a few students to respond.
your finger back and forth. Examples include: waves, a tree in the wind.)
2. En español, back and forth quiere decir 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: back
“mover de un lado a otro.” Mira mi dedo. and forth, back and forth, back and forth.
Puedo hacer que se mueva de un lado a otro.
(Levante su índice y muévalo de hacia atrás
y hacia delante.) Ahora tú también mueve tu
dedo de un lado a otro.
3. This picture shows the phrase back and forth.
The girl is swinging. First, she swings forward.
Then she swings back. She moves back and
forth, back and forth, back and forth.
Word 2 load after load

1. In English, we use load after load to tell about 3. This picture shows the phrase load after load.
moving things a little bit at a time. Say it with The men are moving the wood. There is a lot
me: load after load. Let’s pretend we wanted of wood. The men cannot move it all at one
to move all the books on our bookshelf to a time. They have to pick it up bit by bit. They
new shelf. We would pick up some books in have to move load after load of wood.
our arms and move them. That would be our 4. (Place a pile of something such as books in
first load. Then we would pick up some more a central location in the classroom.) We are
and move them. That would be another load. going to move these. Each of you will pick up
We would keep doing this until we moved all a load and move it. We will move load after
the books. We would move the books load load. As we do this work, we will chant: We
after load. move the load after load.
2. En español, load after load describe el proceso 5. Think of something else you might have to
de cargar algo poco a poco. Imagina que move load after load. Act it out for us. We will
queremos mover todos los libros de su estante try to guess what you are moving load after
a un estante nuevo. Llevamos unos libros load.
al estante nuevo. Es nuestra primera carga
de libros. Después llevamos una carga más. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: load
Seguiríamos haciendo esto hasta que hayamos after load, load after load, load after load.
movido todos los libros. Habremos movido
todos los libros poco a poco.
108
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Reed Kaestner/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 2
potato, sweet potato, sausage,
Our Special Sweet Potato Pie
bread, chicken, salad
potato sweet potato sausage
bread chicken salad
ROUTINE
109
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (tc) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (tr) © Isabelle Rozenbaum & Frederic Cirou/PhotoAlto/PunchStock.
(bl) © IT Stock/Polka Dot Images/PunchStock. (bm) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 delicious
Unit 4 Week 3 Yoko
Word 2 devour
Key Vocabulary Word 1 delicious
Unit 4 Week 3 Yoko

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. Look at the food
1. One word in the selection is delicious. Say it in the photo. The chicken is cooked just right.
with me: delicious. Delicious means “tasting The tomato is red and juicy. The lettuce is
very good.” Many people love to eat pizza. fresh. I would love to bite into that sandwich.
They think it is a delicious food. It looks delicious!
2. En español, delicious quiere decir “que sabe 5. One partner will say a food he or she thinks is
muy rico, delicioso.” A muchas personas les delicious. I think is delicious.
gusta la pizza. Les parece que la pizza es The other partner will tell whether he or she
deliciosa. agrees. I think is delicious,
too; or I don’t think is
3. Delicious in English and delicioso in Spanish
delicious. Then the partners will switch.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 6. Draw the most delicious lunch you can think
of. Share your picture with your partner and
tell him or her about it.
7. Now let’s say delicious together three more
times: delicious, delicious, delicious.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 devour

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. The girls are
1. Another word in the selection is devour. Say eating noodles. They are very hungry, so they
it with me: devour. To devour means “to eat will quickly devour the food.
quickly and with great hunger.” When people 5. Let’s pretend we are eating noodles like the
devour things, they usually eat a lot and eat girls in the photo. Show me how you would
fast. They are usually very hungry. devour the noodles.
2. En español, to devour quiere decir “comer 6. Animals can devour foods, too. Think about
rápidamente y con mucha hambre, devorar.” a time you saw a dog devour dog food or
Cuando alguien devora su comida, come another animal devour food. How did the dog
mucho rápidamente. Normalmente es porque look? What kind of noises did the dog make?
esa persona tiene mucha hambre. Let’s pretend we are dogs. Let’s devour our
3. To devour in English and devorar in Spanish dog food.
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say devour together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: devour, devour, devour.
112
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jess Alford/Getty Images. (b) © Image Source/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 fresh
Unit 4 Week 3 Yoko
Word 4 menu
Key Vocabulary Word 3 fresh
Unit 4 Week 3 Yoko

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. We will pretend to pick fruit and eat it fresh
1. Another word in the selection is fresh. Say it off the plant. Pretend with me. (Pretend to
with me: fresh. Fresh means “just picked.” pick an apple off a tree and bite into it.) Echo
Fresh food tastes better than food from a can. what I say. This fresh apple is good. (Follow
the pattern to act out picking, eating, and
2. En español, fresh quiere decir “acabado de
commenting on a few other fruits.)
coger o hacer, fresco.” La comida fresca,
acabada de hacer, sabe mucho mejor que la 6. I am going to name some foods. If I say a
comida enlatada. fresh food, clap. If I name a food that is not
fresh, do not clap. A potato from the garden,
3. Fresh in English and fresco in Spanish are
a French fry, a pickle, a cucumber off a plant,
a can of corn, an ear of corn from a stalk.
7. Now let’s say fresh together three more times:
4. Now let’s look at the picture. We see some
fresh, fresh, fresh.
vegetables. There is a tomato, a zucchini, a
pepper, and corn. (Point to each as you name
it.) The colors are bright. The vegetables do
not have any spots on them. Someone must
have just picked them from the plants. They
look very fresh.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 menu

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Fold a big piece of paper in half.
1. Another word in the selection is menu. Say it (Demonstrate.) You and your partner will
with me: menu. A menu is a list of foods you make a picture menu. Pretend you have a
can get in a restaurant. Most menus have a list restaurant. Take turns drawing things people
of foods, drinks, and desserts. can buy in your restaurant.
2. En español, menu quiere decir “la lista de 6. Use the menu you and your partner made.
comida que puedes pedir en un restaurante, One child will pretend to be the waiter. The
el menú.” La mayoría de menús incluyen los other will pretend to be the customer. The
platos, las bebidas y los postres que se pueden customer will look at the menu and tell the
pedir. waiter what he or she wants to eat. Then the
partners will switch.
3. Menu in English and menú in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say menu together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: menu, menu, menu.
4. Now let’s look at the picture. We see people
ordering food from a restaurant menu. The
menu might be for breakfast, lunch, or dinner.
I wonder what foods are on the menu.
114
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © MedioImages/Getty Images. (b) © Annabelle Breakey/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 tradition
Unit 4 Week 3 Yoko
Key Vocabulary Word 5 tradition
Unit 4 Week 3 Yoko

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at the picture. We see a cooked
1. Another word in the selection is tradition. turkey. It has special decorations around it.
Say it with me: tradition. Tradition means “a Some families have a turkey for Thanksgiving
special thing a family or a community does celebrations. Turkey for Thanksgiving is a
to celebrate” Some families give gifts on tradition.
birthdays. It is their tradition. 5. Talk with your partner about traditions in our
2. En español, tradition quiere decir “algo community. Tell which ones you think are the
especial que hace un grupo de personas para most fun and why. (Examples include: parades,
celebrar, tradición.” Algunas familias dan 4th of July fireworks)
regalos para los cumpleaños de sus miembros. 6. Think about some holidays we celebrate in
Su tradición es dar regalos en esa ocasión. this community. Pick one with your partner.
3. Tradition in English and tradición in Spanish What are some food traditions we have for
are cognates. They sound almost the same those holidays? Name as many foods that
and mean the same thing in both languages. are part of the tradition as you can with your
partner.
7. Now let’s say tradition together three more
times: tradition, tradition, tradition.
116
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 a bit of
Unit 4 Week 3 Yoko
Word 2 a lot of
Word 1 a bit of
1. In English, we use the phrase a bit of to tell 4. We will pretend that we are eating together.
about a small piece or a small number of I will ask you if you want something. You
something. Say it with me: a bit of. We just will answer that you would like a bit of it.
put a bit of salt on food, not a lot. You will show me with your hand how much.
2. En español, a bit of quiere decir “un poco de Would you like some pie? Yes, I would like
algo.” A la comida le ponemos un poquito de a bit of pie. (Continue with other foods and
sal, no mucha. beverages.)
3. This picture shows the phrase a bit of. The 5. We will tell about some things we have in our
picture shows just two apples on a tree. There classroom. (Hold up items and lead children
are many, many more. This is just a bit of what in telling what you have.) We have a bit of
is on the whole tree. paper. We have a bit of paste. We have a bit
of paint.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: a bit
of, a bit of, a bit of.
Word 2 a lot of
1. In English, we use the phrase a lot of when we 4. I will name some things we might have at a
have a big number of something. Say it with party. Tell me whether you’d like to have a lot
me: a lot of. We have a lot of books in our or a bit of each thing. Complete the sentence:
school library. I’d like to have a lot of or I’d
2. En español, a lot of quiere decir “una gran like to have a bit of .
cantidad de algo, mucho.” Tenemos una cake
gran cantidad de libros en la biblioteca de la music
escuela. games
3. This picture shows the phrase a lot of. Look at ice cream
all the apples. There are so many that it would sandwiches
be hard to count them all. There are many quiet time
boxes of apples. This picture shows a lot of 5. Now look around the classroom. Find one
apples. thing we have a lot of. Tell me what you see.
(Call on a few children to respond.)
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: a lot
of, a lot of, a lot of.
118
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © David Frazier/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (b) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 3
peanut butter, cream cheese,
Yoko
rye bread, egg, tuna, ham
peanut butter cream cheese rye bread
egg tuna ham
ROUTINE
119
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © FoodCollection/SuperStock. (tr) © Photodisc/SuperStock.
(bl) © Lori Lee Miller/Alamy Images. (bm) © Foodcollection.com/Alamy Images. (br) © Koki Iino/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 action
Unit 5 Week 1 Mama Cat Has Three Kittens
Word 2 compare
Key Vocabulary Word 1 action

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. We will play Follow the Leader. I will do an
1. One word in the selection is action. Say it action. You will copy the action. We will say
with me: action. An action is something what we are doing. (March in place.) This
that someone does. When we move we are action is marching. (Continue with actions
doing actions. Raising your hand is an action. such as hopping, skipping, jumping, and
Drawing a picture is an action. Even sleeping is waving.)
an action! 6. People who make movies say “Action!” when
2. En español, action quiere decir “acción, algo they want the actors to start acting. They say
que una persona hace.” Cuando nos movemos, “Cut!“ when they want the actors to stop.
haciendo acciones. Alzar la mano es una You will pretend to be actors. I will tell you
acción. Hacer un dibujo es una acción. ¡Hasta what to do. When I say “Action!” start acting.
dormir es una acción! Be an actor who is walking a dog. Action!
(Pause) Cut! Be an actor who is washing
3. Action in English and acción in Spanish are
dishes. Action! (Pause) Cut! (Continue with a
few other actions.)
7. Now let’s say action together three more
4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the
times: action, action, action.
word action. Look at the children in the
picture. They run. They splash. They walk.
The things they do are actions.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 compare

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the
1. Another word in the selection is compare. Say word compare. Look at the four animals. Let’s
it with me: compare. To compare means “to compare them. What is the same about them?
think about what is the same and different They are all dogs. They have black and white
between two things.” I can compare you fur. What is different about them? They are
and me. We are the same because we are different sizes. Two have spots, and two do not.
both part of [name] school. We are different 5. I will put the photo of the dogs where you
because you are students and I am a teacher. can see it. You and your partner will compare
2. En español, to compare quiere decir the dogs. Take turns naming ways the dogs
“comparar.” Al comparar, miramos las are the same. Name as many ways as you can.
similitudes y las diferencias entre dos cosas. Then take turns naming ways the dogs are
Puedo hacer comparaciones entre ustedes y different.
yo. Somos iguales porque estamos en la misma 6. I will give each partner one minute to tell
escuela. Somos diferentes porque ustedes son things he or she likes to play. Then I will give
estudiantes y yo soy maestro. you time to compare what you and your
3. To compare in English and comparar in partner share. Find things you like to play that
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost are the same and things you like to play that
the same and mean the same thing in both are different.
languages. 7. Now let’s say compare together three more
times: compare, compare, compare.
122
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 content
Word 4 gentle
Key Vocabulary Word 3 content

1. Another word in the selection is content. Say word content. See the girl in the picture. She
it with me: content. Content means “happy or has just picked a big basket of berries. She is
pleased.” I like it when you learn a lot and we pleased that she did a good job. She is happy
have fun in school. Then I feel content. that she has fresh berries to eat. The girl
is content.
2. En español, content quiere decir “contento,
satisfecho.” Cuando alguien está contento, 5. Draw a picture of yourself when you feel
se siente feliz. Yo me siento contenta cuando content. Make your face show that you
ustedes aprenden mucho y nos divertimos. are content. Show what is making you feel
Estoy satisfecha. content. Share and talk about your picture
with your partner.
3. Content in English and contento in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Think about things children like to do on
mean the same thing in both languages. summer days. Make up the name of a child.
Tell your partner what that imaginary child
does to feel content on a summer day.
7. Now let’s say content together three more
times: content, content, content.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 gentle

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. We will pretend to play with a tiny puppy.
1. Another word in the selection is gentle. Say it Act out how you would touch and play with a
with me: gentle. Gentle means “being careful puppy. Remember to be gentle.
and kind with someone or something.” We 5. I am going to pretend to give each of you a
need to be gentle when we hold a baby very special glass vase. This is a vase that could
animal so we don’t hurt it. break very easily. I want you to pretend to
2. En español, gentle quiere decir “de manera take the vase from me and put it on this table.
suave o delicada, con cuidado.” Hay que tratar Show us how gentle you would be with the
con cuidado a un animalito recién nacido para glass.
no lastimarlo. 6. Now let’s say gentle together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the times: gentle, gentle, gentle.
word gentle. We see two women playing
with a little baby. They are touching the baby
softly. They are talking with quiet voices. They
are being gentle with the baby.
124
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Chris Windsor/Getty Images. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 pounce
Key Vocabulary Word 5 pounce

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. I am going to put a marker in front of each
1. Another word in the selection is pounce. Say it of you. Pretend you are an animal and the
with me: pounce. To pounce means “to jump marker is something you want. Crouch
toward something to try to catch it.” Cats like down low like this. (Demonstrate.) Now
to pounce on their toys. pounce forward like this to get the marker.
(Demonstrate or describe what you want
2. En español, to pounce quiere decir “lanzarse
children to do.)
sobre algo con la intención de agarrarlo.” Los
gatos se lanzan sobre sus juguetes. 5. We will say a rhyme you might know, but we
will say it a different way. Say the words I say
and do the actions I do. (Have children form
word pounce. This kitten is jumping up. He
a circle holding hands and walk around in a
sees something he wants, and he will pounce
circle as they chant.)
on it and catch it.
Ring around the rosie. Pocket full of posy.
Watch me.
Watch me
I’ll pounce now!
(Jump forward in a pouncing motion.)
6. Now let’s say pounce together three more
times: pounce, pounce, pounce.
126
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tom Brakefield/Photodisc/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 put on
Word 2 eat up
Word 1 put on
1. In English, we use the phrase put on to tell 4. I will name some things. If they are things
about getting dressed or putting clothing on you can put on, say “Put on.” If they are not
our bodies. Say it with me: put on. In winter, things you can put on, say “No.”
we put on warm clothing. We put on coats, hat
hats, and gloves. box
2. En español, to put on quiere decir “ponerse pants
una prenda de ropa.” En el invierno, nos socks
ponemos ropa caliente. Nos ponemos un game
abrigo, un gorro y guantes. sweater
3. This picture shows the phrase put on. The chair
adult is helping the girl put on a costume. The coat
girl is putting on a flower costume. She must 5. We will act out putting on a piece of clothing.
be in a show! Then we will say what we did. (Lead children
in acting out putting on gloves.) We put
on gloves. (Continue with other articles of
clothing.)
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: put
on, put on, put on.
Word 2 eat up
1. In English, we use the phrase eat up to mean 4. Draw a picture of something you like to eat
that we finish a food. Say it with me: eat up. up for breakfast. Show your partner. Tell him
At lunchtime, if I’m really hungry, I eat up my or her what you eat up for breakfast.
whole sandwich quickly. 5. Think of the foods you like. You and your
2. En español, to eat up quiere decir “comérselo partner will take turns telling favorite
todo.” En el almuerzo, si tengo mucha foods. Use the sentence: When I have
hambre, me como todo mi sándwich. , I eat it up!
3. This picture shows the phrase eat up. The 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: eat
children in the picture are having noodles for up, eat up, eat up.
a meal. They eat up all the noodles. They must
be very hungry!
128
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Richard Lewisohn/Getty Images. (b) © James Darell/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 1
stretch, yawn, sharpen,
Mama Cat Has Three Kittens
scratch, climb, blink
stretch yawn sharpen
scratch climb blink
ROUTINE
129
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (tc) © moodboard. (tr) © Creatas/PunchStock.
(bl) © Juniors Bildarchiv/Alamy Images. (bm) © Gallo Images ROOTS RF collection/Gerald Hinde/Getty Images. (br) © Polka Dot Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 belong
Unit 5 Week 2 Animal Babies ABC
Word 2 fragile
Key Vocabulary Word 1 belong

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Think of everyone that belongs to our
1. One word in the selection is belong. Say it classroom. I am the teacher. I belong to this
with me: belong. Belong means “to be a part classroom. Joseph belongs to this classroom.
of a group.” (Point to children.) You belong to Grace belongs to this classroom. Use this
my class. sentence frame to talk about each of the
children in this classroom: _________ belongs
2. En español, belong quiere decir “pertenecer
to our classroom.
a un grupo.” (Señale a los niños.) Ustedes
pertenecen a mi clase. 5. There are many different groups that people
belong to. I belong to a big family. I also
belong to a choir. My choir gives concerts
word belong. These birds are a family. They
in the park. What groups do you belong to?
live in the same nest. The birds belong to the
Tell your partner about the groups you may
same family.
belong to, such as a team or a club. Draw a
picture of your favorite group. Talk about
your picture with your partner.
6. Now let’s say belong together three more
times: belong, belong, belong.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 fragile

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. I will give each pair of children a sheet of
1. Another word in the selection is fragile. Say paper. You and your partner will take turns
it with me: fragile. Fragile means “easy to drawing something fragile on the paper.
break.” A glass is fragile. If we dropped it on When you are done you will have a chance to
the ground it would break. show and tell the class about your drawings.
Complete this sentence: is fragile.
2. En español, fragile quiere decir “frágil, algo
que se rompe fácilmente.” Un vaso de vidrio 6. When we mail something fragile, we have
es frágil. Si se cae al suelo, se rompe. to wrap it carefully. Pretend you are sending
some cookies that break easily to someone.
3. Fragile in English and frágil in Spanish are
Tell your partner how you will wrap the fragile
cookies so they do not crumble.
7. Now let’s say fragile together three more
times: fragile, fragile, fragile.
word fragile. The picture shows bird eggs.
The shell on the eggs is very fragile. The child
holding them has to be careful not to drop or
squeeze the eggs because they would break.
132
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Ajax/zefa/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 information
Word 4 parent
Key Vocabulary Word 3 information

1. Another word in the selection is information. word information. We see a teacher and a
Say it with me: information. Information is class. The teacher reads a book to the class.
facts about something. Sometimes, children The book has information in it. Then the
go home and tell their family about their teacher asks a question. The student gives
day. They tell whom they talked to and what information when she answers.
they did. They tell what they learned. Those 5. You and your partner will each think of a
children are giving information about the day. place you have visited. Take turns sharing
2. En español, information quiere decir information about the place with your
“información, datos, noticias.” A veces los partner.
niños llegan a casa y le cuentan a su familia 6. When we looked at the photo, we said that
sobre su día. Dicen con quién hablaron y qué children could get information from their
hicieron. Estos niños están proporcionando teachers. Talk with your partner about other
información sobre su día. ways children can get information. (Examples
3. Information in English and información in include: libraries, Internet, books, friends,
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost television)
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say information together three more
languages. times: information, information, information.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 parent

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about things parents
1. Another word in the selection is parent. Say do for their children.
it with me: parent. A parent is a mother or 5. One partner will pretend to be a parent at
father. Humans have parents. Animals have home. The other will pretend to be the child
parents, too. coming home from school. Talk together as a
2. En español, parent quiere decir “padre.” Un parent and child would after school. Maybe
padre puede ser un papá (padre) o una mamá you will talk about the child’s day. You might
(madre). Los seres humanos tienen padres. Los talk about homework. You might talk about
animales tienen padres también. chores.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the 6. Now let’s say parent together three more
word parent. We see three rabbits. Two are times: parent, parent, parent.
tiny. They are the children. The other one
is bigger. (Point to the largest rabbit.) The
biggest rabbit is the parent.
134
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/PictureQuest/Jupiterimages. (b) © Digital Archive Japan/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 several
Key Vocabulary Word 5 several

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. We will do some things several times and
1. Another word in the selection is several. Say count how many times we do them. Let’s clap
it with me: several. Several means “a small several times. One, two, three, four, five. Let’s
number of something.” Here are several tap several times. One, two, three, four. Let’s
pencils. (Show several pencils.) Here are blink several times. One, two, three, four, five,
several books. (Hold up several books.) six.
2. En español, several quiere decir “pequeña 5. I will give you a few minutes to gather several
cantidad de algo, algunos.” Aquí hay algunos of something in our classroom. You might
lápices. (Muestra varios lápices.) Aquí hay gather several crayons, several scissors, or
algunos libros. (Muestra varios libros.) several papers. Then you will have a chance
to tell us what you gathered. Complete the
sentence: I have several .
word several. We see some horses. Let’s count
them. There are not a whole lot of horses. 6. Now let’s say several together three more
There are not just one or two horses. There times: several, several, several.
are several horses.
136
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 stand up
Word 2 tumble down

Word 1 stand up
1. In English, we use the phrase stand up to tell 4. Let’s play Simon Says. When I say “Simon
about when we are on our feet and our body Says” and give a direction, repeat the
is straight up and down. Say it with me: stand direction and do what I say. If I give a
up. When we stand up, we are not sitting. We direction and do not say “Simon Says,” do not
are not lying down. We stand up to get in line. do anything.
2. En español, to stand up quiere decir “ponerse Simon says, “Stand up.”
de pie.” Cuando estás de pie, tu cuerpo está Simon says, “Sit down.”
recto. No estás sentado. No estás acostado. “Stand up again.”
Nos ponemos de pie para ponernos en fila. Simon says, “Wave to me.”
3. This picture shows the phrase stand up. The 5. I will name things we do. If I say something
children were sitting in their chairs. Then we usually stand up to do, say “stand up.” If
they got up. They stand up straight to say the I say something we do not stand up to do,
Pledge of Allegiance to the flag. shake your head “no.”
wait in line
take a nap
run a race
swim
take a walk
ride in a car
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: stand
up, stand up, stand up.
Word 2 tumble down

1. In English, we use the phrase tumble down to 4. Make a picture in your mind of a hill. Take
tell about someone or something that falls. turns with your partner telling things that
Say it with me: tumble down. If you put your could tumble down the hill.
book on the edge of the table, it may tumble 5. Tell your partner about a time you tumbled
down to the floor. down something. What made you tumble?
2. En español, to tumble down quiere decir “caer How did it feel to tumble down? What could
hacia el piso.” Si pones tu libro en la orilla de you do so you would not tumble down?
la mesa, se puede caer al piso. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
3. This picture shows the phrase tumble down. tumble down, tumble down, tumble down.
The little boy was on his tricycle. He was
riding down the hill. Then he started to go too
fast. He could not steer his tricycle. It fell over
and the boy tumbled down the hill. Ouch!
138
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jill Braaten/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Design Pics/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 2
kitten, puppy, lamb,
Animal Babies ABC
chick, cub, calf
kitten puppy lamb
chick cub calf
ROUTINE
139
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (tc) © Mixa/PunchStock. (tr) © BananaStock/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © Tom Brakefield/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (br) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 beneath
Unit 5 Week 3 Mole and the Baby Bird
Word 2 enter
Key Vocabulary Word 1 beneath

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. I will give each of you a direction to follow.
1. One word in the selection is beneath. Say it Put your hand beneath your chair. Put a pencil
with me: beneath. Beneath means “under.” beneath your book. Put a crayon beneath the
Some people put their shoes beneath their table. (Continue with similar directions until
bed when they take them off at night. everyone has had a turn.)
2. En español, beneath quiere decir “debajo 5. We will play a guessing game. Each person
de otra cosa.” Algunas personas ponen sus will choose something small enough to fit
zapatos debajo de la cama antes de acostarse. beneath his or her hand. Do not let anyone
see what you choose. When it is your turn,
we will close our eyes. You will put the thing
word beneath. (Point to branches of the trees.)
beneath your hand. Then we will open our
See the branches. What is under the branches?
eyes and you will ask, “What is beneath my
(Point to the leaves beneath the branches.)
hand?” We will guess. You can give us hints if
There are leaves beneath the branches.
we don’t guess after three tries.
6. Now let’s say beneath together three more
times: beneath, beneath, beneath.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 enter

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Think of all the places you enter on a school
1. Another word in the selection is enter. Say day. Take turns naming them with your
it with me: enter. To enter means “to go partner. (Examples include: the school, the
into a place.” Each morning, you enter our classroom, the library, the lunchroom)
classroom. 6. We usually enter a place through a door.
2. En español, to enter quiere decir “entrar en Draw an interesting door. Tell your partner
algún lugar.” Cada mañana, entramos al salón. what you would enter if you went through
that door. For example, you might decorate
3. To enter in English and entrar in Spanish are
the door with colorful candies and tell your
partner that it is a door you would use to
enter a candy store.
7. Now let’s say enter together three more times:
word enter. The girl is at a door of a building.
enter, enter, enter.
She will open the door and enter the building.
142
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Sami Sarkis/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Larry Mulvehill/Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 habitat
Word 4 raise
Key Vocabulary Word 3 habitat

1. Another word in the selection is habitat. Say it word habitat. This picture shows a habitat in
with me: habitat. A habitat is a place where a the mountains. We can see the plants that live
certain animal or plant lives. The habitat of a in this habitat. There are also animals that live
polar bear is an icy cold place. here. There might be squirrels, chipmunks, and
deer in this habitat.
2. En español, habitat quiere decir “hábitat.”
Un hábitat es un lugar donde vive cierto 5. Think of an animal you have seen in nature.
animal o planta. El hábitat de un oso polar Tell your partner about its habitat. Tell how
es un lugar helado. the habitat looks.
3. Habitat in English and hábitat in Spanish are 6. Talk with your partner about how an animal’s
cognates. They sound almost the same and habitat is like your home.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say habitat together three more
times: habitat, habitat, habitat.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 raise

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. We will sing a song. (Sing to the tune of
1. Another word in the selection is raise. Say “Mary Had a Little Lamb.”) Mama raised a
it with me: raise. To raise means “to help a little boy, little boy, little boy. Mama raised a
child grow up.” The adults in your family give little boy, and took good care of him. (Repeat
you a place to live. They feed you. They help with Mama raised a little girl; Daddy raised a
you learn. This is what families do to raise little boy; and Daddy raised a little girl.) Now,
children. let’s act out some things parents do to raise
children as we sing each verse again. (Act out
2. En español, to raise quiere decir “criar a un
rocking a baby, feeding a child, reading to a
hijo.” Los adultos de tu familia te dan un lugar
child and covering a child up at bedtime as
donde vivir. Te dan de comer. Te ayudan a
you sing each verse.)
aprender. Así es como las familias crían a
sus hijos. 5. Act out something parents do to raise
children. We will guess what you are acting
out.
word raise. We see two children. We see their
parents. The parents are outdoors playing 6. Now let’s say raise together three more times:
with the children. These parents are working raise, raise, raise.
to raise their children.
144
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Stockbyte/PunchStock. (b) © Blend Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 responsibility
Key Vocabulary Word 5 responsibility

1. Another word in the selection is responsibility. word responsibility. The mother is feeding the
Say it with me: responsibility. A responsibility baby. The baby is too little to feed himself. It
is something that someone is supposed to is the mother’s responsibility to be sure the
do. People depend on us to take care of baby gets food.
our responsibilities. For example, you are 5. Many children have chores to do at home or
responsible for doing good work in school. in school. The chores are their responsibility.
2. En español, responsibility quiere decir Talk to your partner about some of your
“responsabilidad.” Una responsabilidad es responsibilities at home.
algo que se tiene que hacer, una obligación. 6. Draw a picture of yourself taking care of a
Uno espera que cada quien cumpla con sus responsibility you have in school. Show your
obligaciones. Por ejemplo, ustedes tienen la picture to your partner and talk about the
responsabilidad de estudiar. responsibility.
3. Responsibility in English and responsabilidad 7. Now let’s say responsibility together three
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost more times: responsibility, responsibility,
the same and mean the same thing in both responsibility.
languages.
146
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis/PictureQuest/Jupiterimages.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to the top
Word 2 far below

Word 1 to the top
1. In English, we use the phrase to the top to talk 4. I am going to point to some things. Then you
about the highest part or point of something. will answer my question. (Point to the top
Say it with me: to the top. If you climb all the of the bookshelf.) Am I pointing to the top
way up a hill, you climb to the top. of the bookshelf? (Point to the bottom of a
2. En español, to the top quiere decir “hasta la table.) Am I pointing to the top of the table?
cima.” Si llegas hasta el punto más alto de una (Continue with a few more gestures and
colina, llegaste a la cima. questions.)
3. This picture shows the phrase to the top. 5. Let’s pretend to climb to the top of some
(Point to the climber.) This person climbed things. Do the actions with me. Say what I say.
all the way up the rock. He could not go any (In each instance, lead children in acting out
farther. He is at the top of the rock. climbing.)
We climb to the top of the hill.
We climb to the top of the stairs.
We climb to the top of the tree.
We climb to the top of the ladder.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to the
top, to the top, to the top.
Word 2 far below

1. In English, we use the phrase far below to 4. Pretend you are a bird. Tell your partner what
tell about something that is much lower than you see far below as you fly.
something else. Say it with me: far below. If 5. Imagine you are standing at the top of a hill.
you are in an airplane, you can see clouds far Draw a picture of what you see. Show what
below you. is far below the hill. Share your picture with
2. En español, far below quiere decir “mucho your partner. Ask your partner, “What do you
más abajo.” Desde un avión puedes ver las see far below?”
nubes mucho más abajo. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: far
3. This picture shows the phrase far below. below, far below, far below.
Someone climbed up a hill. Then the person
took a picture of the town far below. The
town is not near the person taking the
picture. The town is much lower than the hill
where the person is.
148
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Thierry Lauzun/Iconotec.com
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 3
cage, bush, nest,
Mole and the Baby Bird
field, shore, sky
cage bush nest
field shore sky
ROUTINE
149
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © 1997 IMS Communications Ltd./Capstone Design/FlatEarth Images. (tc) © Charles Smith/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (tr) © Siede Preis/Getty Images.
(bl) © Don Hammond/age fotostock. (bm) © Dr. Parvinder Sethi/McGraw-Hill Companies. (br) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 borrow
Unit 6 Week 1 Russ and the Firehouse
Word 2 equipment
Key Vocabulary Word 1 borrow

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. We will pretend to borrow things from each
1. One word in the selection is borrow. Say it other. Your partner will ask “May I borrow
with me: borrow. To borrow means “to use ?” Say, “Yes, you may.” Give
something that belongs to someone else and your partner what he or she asks for. Your
then give it back.” Sometimes, a child borrows partner will pretend to use the thing and then
a pencil from me when he or she does not give it back to you.
have one. Then the child gives the pencil back 5. I will tell you some very short stories. Raise
to me at the end of the day. your hand if the story I tell you is about
2. En español, to borrow quiere decir “pedir borrowing. If it is not, just be still.
prestado, usar algo ajeno y devolvérselo a su Connor plays with his big brother’s toy for one
dueño después.” A veces un niño me pide un day then gives it back.
lápiz prestado. Me lo devuelve después, al Mr. Lee goes to a store and gives the worker a
terminar el día. dollar to buy a snack.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the Sara gives her friend a birthday present.
word borrow. We see a girl in a library. The Juan asks his mom for money and tells her he
girl borrows books from the library. She will will pay her back.
take the books home and read them. Then 6. Now let’s say borrow together three more
she will bring the books back to the library. times: borrow, borrow, borrow.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 equipment

1. Another word in the selection is equipment. word equipment. This picture shows a hat that
Say it with me: equipment. Equipment means a firefighter wears. It is a special hat that is
“a tool or other thing that a person needs hard and that cannot burn. It is part of the
to do a job, play a game, or for some other equipment a firefighter needs to do the job
special reason.” A bat and ball are kinds of of putting out fires.
equipment you need to play baseball. 5. We saw one piece of equipment a firefighter
2. En español, equipment quiere decir “equipo; uses. Draw other equipment you think a
algo necesario para realizar un trabajo, jugar firefighter needs. Show the picture to your
un juego o para hacer cualquier otra cosa.” Un partner and name the equipment you drew.
bate y una pelota son parte del equipo que se (Examples include: boots, fire-resistant
necesita para jugar béisbol. uniform, fire hose, ladder)
3. Equipment in English and equipo in Spanish 6. Think of a sport or game you like to play.
are cognates. They sound almost the same Name the equipment you need to play. Your
and mean the same thing in both languages. partner will try to guess what sport or game
it is.
7. Now let’s say equipment together three more
times: equipment, equipment, equipment.
152
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Hot Ideas/Index Stock Imagery.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 frequently
Word 4 neighborhood
Key Vocabulary Word 3 frequently

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. There are some things I say frequently. I
1. Another word in the selection is frequently. say, “thank you” a lot. I say, “Boys and girls,
Say it with me: frequently. Frequently means please listen a lot.” Think of other things we
“a lot or often.” I frequently read stories to say frequently in the classroom. Take turns
you. We read many stories in a week. with your partner saying some of them.
2. En español, frequently quiere decir 6. There are some foods we only eat at special
“frecuentemente, a menudo.” Frecuentemente times, such as holidays. There are other foods
les leo cuentos. Leemos muchos cuentos cada we eat frequently. Make a picture list of some
semana. foods you eat frequently. Then share your list
with your partner. Are there some foods you
3. Frequently in English and frecuentemente
both eat frequently?
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say frequently together three more
languages. times: frequently, frequently, frequently.
word frequently. The firefighters are using
their fire truck. Firefighters use their fire
truck a lot. They frequently take it out of the
station to go to a fire.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 neighborhood

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you are talking on the telephone to
1. Another word in the selection is neighborhood. a friend who lives far away and has never
Say it with me: neighborhood. Your been to your neighborhood. Your partner will
neighborhood is the area where you live. It pretend to be the friend. Tell your partner
includes the other homes, shops, buildings, and what is in your neighborhood.
land around your home. 5. Today, most people live in neighborhoods.
2. En español, neighborhood quiere decir They do not live far away all by themselves.
“vecindario.” Un vecindario es el lugar donde Talk with your partner about why you think
vives en la ciudad. Incluye las otras casas, most people like to live in neighborhoods.
tiendas, edificios y terreno cerca de tu casa. 6. Now let’s say neighborhood together three
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows more times: neighborhood, neighborhood,
the word neighborhood. Let’s look at this neighborhood.
neighborhood. What is in this neighborhood?
I see houses and trees. What else do you see?
154
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./John Flournoy, photographer. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 organize
Key Vocabulary Word 5 organize

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. I want you and a partner to look around the
1. Another word in the selection is organize. Say room and find something that is messy. The
it with me: organize. To organize means “to two of you will go to that area and organize
put things in certain places or arrange them it. Talk about how you are organizing it as you
in a certain way.” We organize our classroom work. (If necessary, create some messy areas
books on the bookshelf. before introducing this activity.)
2. En español, to organize quiere decir “organizar, 6. I am going to give each of you a bag with
poner las cosas en orden.” Organizamos several things in it. Find a way to organize
nuestros libros en un estante. them. For example, I may give you some
books, some pencils, and some crayons. You
3. To organize in English and organizar in
might organize the things by piling the books
in a neat pile and putting all the pencils
the same and mean the same thing in both
together and all the crayons together. You will
languages.
have a chance to tell us how you organized
4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the your things.
word organize. See all the tools in this picture.
7. Now let’s say organize together three more
Someone worked hard to organize these tools.
times: organize, organize, organize.
Each tool has a special place. When someone
needs to use a tool, he or she knows where it is.
156
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Siede Preis/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 first
Word 2 finally
Word 1 first
1. In English, we use the word first to tell about 4. Let’s pretend we are going to wash dishes. I
someone or something that is before others. will tell you some steps we must do. You tell
Say it with me: first. (Have three children line me what we do first.
up. Point to the first one in line.) [Name] is Let the water out of the sink.
first in line. Put water in the sink.
2. En español, first quiere decir “primero, que Rub the dishes with a sponge.
está antes que todos los demás.” (Pídale a tres Use the sentence: First, we .
niños que se coloquen en una fila. Señale el (Use this process with a few other activities
primero en la fila.) [Nombre] es el primero de such as making a peanut butter and jelly
la fila. sandwich and making chocolate milk.)
3. This picture shows the word first. These 5. I will ask groups of three children to line up.
children have just gotten off a school bus in Then we will tell who is first. (Direct trios to
the morning. They are at their school. The first line up.) Who is first in this line? [Name] is first.
thing they do is line up to get ready to go into
school. 6. Repeat the word three times with me: first,
first, first.
Word 2 finally
1. In English, we use the word finally to talk 5. Tell your partner about three things you did
about something that happens after a long yesterday. Use these sentence frames: First,
time. Finally also means the “last thing that I . Next, I .
happens.“ Say it with me: finally. We walked Finally, I .
a long, long time. Finally, we got home. 6. Baby animals turn into grown up animals.
2. En español, finally quiere decir “finalmente; Some animals start as kittens. They grow and
después de mucho tiempo.” Caminamos por grow. Finally they become cats. Some animals
mucho, mucho tiempo. Finalmente, llegamos start out as tadpoles. They grow and change.
a casa. Finally they become frogs. (Show children how
3. Finally in English and finalmente in Spanish are to fold a paper into two halves.) On one half
cognates. They sound almost the same and draw a baby animal. On the other half draw
mean the same thing in both languages. what it finally becomes. Tell your partner
about your picture. Use the word finally.
4. This picture shows the word finally. The girl
in the picture was in school all day. Then the 7. Repeat the word three times with me: finally,
end of the day came. It was time to go home. finally, finally.
She got on the bus to go home and now she is
smiling because she has finally arrived home.
158
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages. (b) © Blend Images/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 1
wash, scrub, rinse,
Russ and the Firehouse
spray, bathe, brush
wash scrub rinse
spray bathe brush
ROUTINE
159
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (tc) © moodboard. (tr) © Steve Hamblin/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Kraig Scarbinsky/Getty Images. (bm) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages. (br) © Big Cheese Photo/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 admire
Unit 6 Week 2 Bus Stops
Word 2 community
Key Vocabulary Word 1 admire

1. One word in the selection is admire. Say it word admire. Look at these police officers.
with me: admire. To admire means “to like They are brave. I think they do a good job. I
and respect someone or something very admire these officers.
much.” I admire people who play a musical 5. When we admire someone, it is nice to tell the
instrument. I know they work hard to be person. Make a card for someone you admire.
good at it. I would like to be able to play Make a picture on the front that shows why
a musical instrument. you admire the person. Tell your partner
2. En español, to admire quiere decir “admirar, about the card and why you made it.
apreciar o respetar algo o a alguien.” 6. We can also admire things. For example,
Yo admiro a las personas que tocan un we can admire a pretty sunset. Think of
instrumento musical. Sé que se esforzaron something that you think is really nice to
mucho para aprender a tocarlo. A mí me look at or enjoy. Maybe it is a picture that a
gustaría tocar un instrumento musical. friend painted. Maybe it is a new shirt that
3. To admire in English and admirar in Spanish someone has. Then tell what you admire
are cognates. They sound almost the same and why. Complete this sentence: I admire
and mean the same thing in both languages. because .
7. Now let’s say admire together three more
times: admire, admire, admire.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 community

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Draw a picture of a place where people in
1. Another word in the selection is community. your community go. Show what people do in
Say it with me: community. A community is a that place. For example, you might show a
group of people who live in the same place. place where people shop or you might show
The people who live in the houses near our a park where people in the community play.
school are part of our community. Talk about your picture with your partner.
2. En español, community quiere decir 6. Our school is one kind of community. We
“comunidad, grupo de personas que vive all spend our days here. We all care about
en un mismo lugar.” Las personas que viven our school and each other. Tell some things
cerca de la escuela forman parte de nuestra we care about in our community. (Examples
comunidad. include: We care about learning. We care
about respecting each other. We care about
3. Community in English and comunidad in
books.)
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say community together three more
languages. times: community, community, community.
word community. These children all live near
each other. They live in the same community.
They care about their community. They work
together to be sure it is a good place to live.
162
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © C. Lee/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (b) © Tony Anderson/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 deliver
Word 4 schedule
Key Vocabulary Word 3 deliver

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. I will give you directions to follow. [Name
1. Another word in the selection is deliver. Say of child], please deliver this marker to (name
it with me: deliver. To deliver means “to take of another child). Continue making similar
something to the place it is supposed to go.” requests until every child has a turn.
Sometimes I ask a child to take a note to the 5. Mail carriers deliver letters and cards to
office. When the child takes the note, he or people. Pretend you are a mail carrier. Write
she delivers it to the office. something on a paper. Fold it up. Then deliver
2. En español, to deliver quiere decir “entregar it to one of your classmates. Let’s be sure that
algo en un lugar determinado.” A veces everyone gets a paper.
necesito que un niño entregue una nota en 6. Now let’s say deliver together three more
la oficina. Cuando el niño entrega la nota, la times: deliver, deliver, deliver.
lleva a la oficina.
word deliver. This person’s job is to deliver
things to people. Someone gives him papers
and tells him where they must go. This person
takes them where he is told.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 schedule

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you are a teacher. Tell your partner
1. Another word in the selection is schedule. what kind of schedule you have for your
Say it with me: schedule. A schedule is a list class. What would your students do in the
of times when certain things happen. We morning? What would your students do in the
have a schedule that tells us what we will afternoon?
do in school each day. (If you have a written 5. Tell your partner about a schedule of fun
schedule on display, point it out.) things to do on a day off from school. What
2. En español, schedule quiere decir “horario.” would you do first thing in the morning?
Un horario es una tabla donde se indican la What would you do next? What would you do
hora y el día en que suceden las cosas, por at noon? Tell about the whole day.
ejemplo las clases y el almuerzo. Un horario 6. Now let’s say schedule together three more
nos dice lo que vamos a hacer en el día. times: schedule, schedule, schedule.
word schedule. The boy is getting on a bus.
The bus driver has a schedule to follow. The
driver must go certain places at certain times.
164
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock/Corbis. (b) © SW Productions/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 workers
Key Vocabulary Word 5 workers

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner what kinds of workers you
1. Another word in the selection is workers. know. You can tell about workers in your
Say it with me: workers. Workers are people neighborhood or people you have seen on
who do certain jobs. Some of the workers in television.
our school are teachers, custodians, and 5. Act out being a certain kind of worker. For
the principal. example, you could act out being a farmer, a
2. En español, workers quiere decir “trabajadores.” person who fixes roads, or an artist. See if your
Los trabajadores realizan ciertos trabajos. partner can guess what kind of worker you
Algunos trabajadores de la escuela son los are.
maestros, los conserjes y el director. 6. Now let’s say workers together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the times: workers, workers, workers.
word workers. These people are workers. They
are helping build a house. They are wearing
their work clothes. They are using work tools.
166
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Reed Kaestner/Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 step off
Word 2 come out of

Word 1 step off
1. In English, we use the phrase step off to talk 4. (Take children somewhere in the school where
about putting your foot down to get off of there is a step or put a low stool or sturdy
something. Say it with me: step off. When we wooden box on the floor of your classroom.)
want to cross a street, we step off of the curb. Each of you will have a turn to stand on the
2. En español, to step off quiere decir “bajarse.” step (stool, box). I will give you a direction.
Cuando quieres cruzar la calle, hay que bajarse [Name], please step off the step [stool, box].
del borde de la acera. 5. I will tell you what to do. You pretend to do
3. This picture shows the phrase step off. The girl the action and repeat what I say.
was on the bus. She puts one foot down on Step off the bus.
the sidewalk. She puts the other foot down on Step off the rug.
the sidewalk. She steps off the bus. Step off the curb.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: step
off, step off, step off.
Word 2 come out of

1. In English, we use the phrase come out of to 4. Each of you will have a chance to show us
talk about leaving the inside of something. what it looks like to come out of something.
Say it with me: come out of. In the morning, Then you will tell us what you could come
you come out of your house to go to school. out of. We will repeat what you say. (Sample
2. En español, to come out of quiere decir “salir answers: I can come out of a room. I can
de un lugar.” Por la mañana, sales de tu casa crawl out of a bed.)
para ir a la escuela. 5. I will name some places. If I name something
3. This picture shows the phrase come out of. a person usually comes out of say, “Come out
The girl is crawling through a tunnel. She is of the .” If I say something
almost to the end of the tunnel. Soon, she will you cannot come out of, do not do anything.
come out of the tunnel. a hole
a tree
a shoebox
a car
a tunnel
a glass
a basement
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: come
out of, come out of, come out of.
168
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (b) © Photodisc/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 2
garage, bulldozer, drugstore,
Bus Stops
junkyard, downtown, commuters
garage bulldozer drugstore
junkyard downtown commuters
ROUTINE
169
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (tc) © Mike Johnson/Alamy Images. (tr) © Stockdisc/PunchStock.
(bl) © Design Pics/PunchStock. (bm) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © Steve Mason/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 alert
Unit 6 Week 3 Alicia’s Happy Day
Word 2 celebration
Key Vocabulary Word 1 alert

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Talk to your partner about when you need
1. One word in the selection is alert. Say it with to be alert. (Examples include: during a test,
me: alert. Alert means “paying close attention when you’re walking near a street, when
and being ready to act.” If you know your you’re playing around a lot of other children)
friend will call, you might be alert for the Show your partner how an alert person looks.
sound of the phone ringing. 6. Sometimes, we have to be alert to keep
2. En español, alert quiere decir “alerta, ourselves safe. For example, when I am driving
atento.” Si sabes que va a llamar tu amigo, my car, I have to be alert and pay attention
seguramente estarás alerta para escuchar el to the car in front of me. I have to be ready to
teléfono cuando suene. stop if the car in front of me stops. Talk with
your partner about how you stay alert to keep
3. Alert in English and alerta in Spanish are
yourself safe. (Examples include being alert
when you cross the street and being alert to
listen for directions during a fire drill.)
7. Now let’s say alert together three more times:
word alert. Look at this boy and his father.
alert, alert, alert.
The boy is alert. He is pointing to something
he noticed. What do you think he noticed?
Key Vocabulary Word 2 celebration

1. Another word in the selection is celebration. word celebration. We see a family having a
Say it with me: celebration. A celebration celebration. They are doing special things.
is a party or special event on a holiday or They are eating a pretty cake. Maybe the
other special day. Our country has a special celebration is for the girl’s birthday.
celebration with parties and fireworks on 5. Pretend our class is going to have a
the Fourth of July. That is the day the United celebration. Plan the celebration with your
States became a country. partner. Think of lots of special things we
2. En español, celebration quiere decir could do.
“celebración.” Una celebración es una fiesta 6. Different families and communities have
o evento especial para conmemorar un día different kinds of celebrations. Choose a
importante. Nuestro país celebra el Cuatro holiday that both your partner and you know
de Julio con fiestas y fuegos artificiales. Esa about. Talk about how each of you celebrates
celebración es para conmemorar la fecha en the holiday. What is the same about your
que los Estados Unidos se hizo nación. celebrations? What is different about your
3. Celebration in English and celebración in celebrations?
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say celebration together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: celebration, celebration, celebration.
languages.
172
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Allan Staley/Alamy Images. (b) © Dynamic Graphics/Creatas Images/PictureQuest/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 job
Word 4 precise
Key Vocabulary Word 3 job

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. I will act out jobs. You will do what I do. Then
1. Another word in the selection is job. Say it tell me what the job is. (Act out jobs such as
with me: job. A job is the work that someone cook, trash collector, and carpenter.)
does for money. My job is to be a teacher. 5. I will name jobs. Raise your hand if you think
2. En español, job quiere decir “empleo o trabajo.” you would like that job. We will make a list
Una persona realiza un trabajo y recibe a of how many people like each job. (Make a
cambio dinero. Mi trabajo es dar clases. simple chart on the board. Identify familiar
jobs such as doctor, teacher, mail carrier, and
truck driver.)
word job. We see a woman doing her job. Her
job is to give people their food in a restaurant. 6. Now let’s say job together three more times:
She does it almost everyday. She gets money job, job, job.
for doing her job.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 precise

1. Another word in the selection is precise. Say it word precise. The girl is coloring in a coloring
with me: precise. Precise means “very careful book. She colors very carefully. She colors
and exact.” When people make a cake, they inside of the lines. She does not hurry. Her
have to be very precise. They need to put in work is very precise.
the exact amount of things the recipe says. If 5. I am going to give you some directions. I want
they do not, the cake may not be good. you to be precise when you follow them. Take
2. En español, precise quiere decir “preciso, three little steps. Raise your hand. Put your
exacto.” Tienes que ser preciso al hacer un hand down. Take one big step. Hop one time.
pastel. Hay que agregar los ingredientes en la Did you do exactly what I asked? Were you
cantidad exacta que indica la receta. Si no, el precise?
pastel no saldrá bien. 6. I am going to ask you to copy something I
3. Precise in English and preciso in Spanish are draw on the board. I want you to be precise.
cognates. They sound almost the same and Make your drawing as much like mine as you
mean the same thing in both languages. can. (Draw something simple such as a smiley
face.)
7. Now let’s say precise together three more
times: precise, precise, precise.
174
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © DAJ/Getty Images. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 repair
Key Vocabulary Word 5 repair

1. Another word in the selection is repair. Say word repair. Look at the boot. (Point to
it with me: repair. To repair means “to fix the boot.) See the bottom of the boot. It is
something.” If the heater in our school didn’t coming loose. The man has to sew it back
work, we would have to get someone to together. He will repair the boot.
repair it. 5. You and your partner will take turns. One
2. En español, to repair quiere decir “reparar, child will name something that can break.
arreglar algo.” Si el calentador deja de The other child will tell how someone could
funcionar, alguien vendrá a repararlo. repair the broken thing. (For example, if a dish
broke, someone could glue it back together.)
3. To repair in English and reparar in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Pretend you are a person whose job is to
mean the same thing in both languages. repair something. Make a sign showing
what you repair and how you do it. Tell your
partner about your sign.
7. Now let’s say repair together three more
times: repair, repair, repair.
176
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Richard Ransier/Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to you
Word 2 for you

Word 1 to you
1. In English, we use the phrase to you to tell 4. (Give each pair of children two books.) You
about giving something to another person. and your partner will give each other a book.
Say it with me: to you. (Pick up an item and Hand the book to your partner. Say: “I want
hand it to a child.) I want to give this to you. to give this book to you.”
2. En español, to you quiere decir “a ti.” (Coge 5. Draw a picture of a gift you would like to
un objeto y déselo a uno de los niños.) Quiero give to someone. Write “to you” on the gift.
darte esto a ti. (Provide a model for children to copy.) Tell
3. This picture shows the phrase to you. The girl your partner about your picture.
has a gift. Her parents bought her this present 6. Repeat the phrase times with me: to you,
because it is her birthday. Her parents and her to you, to you.
brother give it to her, saying, “We wanted to
give this to you.” Then they started singing,
“Happy birthday to you.”
Word 2 for you

1. In English, we use the phrase for you to talk 4. Draw a picture you think your partner will
about doing something to help another like. Give it to your partner. Tell your partner,
person. Say it with me: for you. I would like to using the sentence frame: I made a picture of
make a snack for you. a for you.
2. En español, for you quiere decir “para ti.” Se 5. You and your partner will pretend to be a
usa para hablar de algo que quieres hacer por parent and child. The child will ask, “What
otra persona. Quiero preparar algo de comer can I do for you?” The parent will name a job
para ti. the child can do. The child will act out doing
3. This picture shows the phrase for you. The boy the job and say, “I for you.”
is doing something to help his Dad. The boy 6. Repeat the phrase times with me: for you, for
tells his Dad, “I can wash the car for you.” you, for you.
178
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) ©BananaStock/Jupiterimages (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 3
store, taxicab, walk sign,
Alicia’s Happy Day
park bench, vendors, sidewalk
store taxicab walk sign
park bench vendor sidewalk
ROUTINE
179
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./John Flournoy, photographer. (tc) © Stockdisc/Getty Images. (tr) © Glow Images/Alamy Images.
(bl) © images.com/PunchStock. (bm) © The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc./John Flournoy, photographer. (br) © Digital Vision/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 blustery
Unit 7 Week 1 A Rainy Day
Word 2 chilly
Key Vocabulary Word 1 blustery

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend to be walking with the people
1. One word in the selection is blustery. Say it in the picture. The wind is blowing very
with me: blustery. Blustery means “very cold hard, and it is cold. Watch how I walk.
and windy.” You need a warm coat, gloves, (Demonstrate leaning as if walking into a
and a hat to go outside on a blustery day in forceful wind. Hug your arms around your
winter. body as if you are cold.) Now walk with me.
Remember it’s a blustery, cold day!
2. En español, blustery quiere decir “frío y
ventoso.” Necesitas un abrigo, un parade 5. Let’s act out how we would get dressed
guantes y una gorra para salir en un día frío y to go out on a blustery day. We will name
ventoso. some things we need to put on and then act
out putting on each one. (Lead children in
3. Now let’s look at a picture of a blustery day.
pantomiming putting on each item.)
See the people walking. You can tell it is a
very cold day because there is snow on the sweater
ground. It is windy, too. You can see the snow warm socks
blowing around because of the wind. The man coat
is holding his hat so it does not blow off in the gloves
blustery weather. Brrrr! hat
scarf
boots
6. Now let’s say blustery together three more
times: blustery, blustery, blustery.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 chilly

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner what you like to do in chilly
1. Another word in the selection is chilly. Say weather. (If children live in a climate that is
it with me: chilly. Chilly means “cold.” We warm all year long, have them pretend they
sometimes feel chilly in the winter. When we can take a trip to a chilly place and tell what
feel chilly, we put on extra clothes. We might they would do there.)
turn up the heat in the house or car. 5. Show your partner what you do to warm
2. En español, chilly quiere decir “frío, fresco.” up when you feel chilly. (Examples include:
En el invierno hace frío. Cuando hace frío, nos putting on more clothes, shivering, hugging
abrigamos. Nos calentamos con la calefacción their arms around their bodies)
en la casa o en el carro. 6. Now let’s say chilly together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the chilly, chilly, chilly.
word chilly. We see children sledding on a
snowy hill. They are bundled up in lots of
clothes. There is a lot of snow. It must be a
chilly day. The children will need to go inside
soon to get warm.
182
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Alamy Images. (b) © Purestock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 cloud
Word 4 drizzle
Key Vocabulary Word 3 cloud

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw a cloudy sky. Make some of your clouds
1. Another word in the selection is cloud. Say in shapes of animals or other things. Show
it with me: cloud. A cloud is a white or gray your partner. See if he or she can tell what
puffy shape in the sky. Clouds are made of shape the clouds are in.
tiny drops of water. We often see clouds 5. Think about how clouds look. We know they
before a rain or snowstorm. are really made of drops of water, but what
2. En español, cloud quiere decir “nube.” Una do they look like they are made of? Tell your
nube es una masa de gotas diminutas de agua. partner some ideas. (Examples include: cotton
Una nube, que puede ser blanca o gris, está candy, vanilla ice cream, cotton balls)
suspendida en el cielo. Antes de caer lluvia o 6. Now let’s say cloud together three more times:
nieve, hay nubes. cloud, cloud, cloud.
3. Now let’s look at a picture of clouds. (Point to
individual clouds.) These are clouds. The wind
makes them move along the sky. Sometimes
people see the shapes of things in clouds. Do
you see shapes in any of these clouds?
Key Vocabulary Word 4 drizzle

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. One partner will draw a drizzle. The other
1. Another word in the selection is drizzle. Say partner will draw a hard rain. Then share your
it with me: drizzle. Drizzle means “very light pictures and talk about what is the same and
rain.” A drizzle may be such a light rain that different about them.
you do not need an umbrella. 5. Work with your partner to think of one thing
2. En español, drizzle quiere decir “llovizna.” La a drizzle is like. (Examples include a drippy
llovizna es una lluvia muy ligera. Puede ser tan faucet, spray coming out of a spray bottle)
ligera que no se necesita paraguas. 6. Now let’s say drizzle together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows a times: drizzle, drizzle, drizzle.
drizzle. The children are outside in a drizzle.
The rain is very light. It is not bothering the
children. They are smiling because they are
having fun. If it were raining hard, they would
have to go inside or use umbrellas.
184
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Alamy Images. (b) © Tim Hall/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 weather
Key Vocabulary Word 5 weather

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s think of ways to show different kinds
1. Another word in the selection is weather. Say of weather. Let’s show sunny weather. (Lead
it with me: weather. Weather is the condition children in holding their hands above them in
of the air outside. The weather may be hot or a ball shape to show a sunny day.) Let’s show
cold. It may be rainy or sunny. What are some rainy weather. (Lead children in fluttering
other weather words we know? their fingers from high to low to show rain.
Continue in this way with other kinds of
2. En español, weather quiere decir “tiempo,
weather.)
clima.” El tiempo se refiere a las condiciones
del aire afuera. Puede hacer calor o frío. 5. We do different kinds of things in different
Puede ser un día lluvioso o soleado. ¿Qué otras weather. Each child will have a chance to act
palabras describen el tiempo? out something he or she likes to do outside.
Then tell us what you are doing and we will
3. Now let’s look at a picture of weather. (Point
name the kind of weather we do that
to the forecaster.) This person tells what the
activity in.
weather will be. (Point to the symbol in the
box for Monday.) He shows that there will be 6. Now say weather three more times with me:
some sun and some clouds on Monday. weather, weather, weather.
186
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 open
Word 2 in
Word 1 open
1. In English, we use the word open to talk 4. Close your eyes really tight. When I say
about things that we move from a closed “open,” open them. (Repeat three times.)
position to a bigger, wider position. Say it 5. Now I’m going to give you a book. (You might
with me: open. If a door is closed, you open it. have children take a book out of their desks
Then you walk through it. instead.) Keep it closed. When I say “open,”
2. En español, to open quiere decir “cambiar open it.
de una posición cerrada a una posición más 6. Repeat the word three times with me: open,
grande o más amplia; abrir.” Si una puerta open, open.
está cerrada, hay que abrirla. Luego puedes
pasar por ella.
3. This picture shows the word open. The girl is
standing under an umbrella. She had to open
the umbrella. It was raining and she didn’t
want to get wet.
Word 2 in
1. In English, we use the word in to tell about 4. I’m going to name some things we wear or
where someone or something is. Say it with use in the rain. Finish each sentence by saying:
me: in. In means “part of a space, place, or in the rain.
experience.” We are in the classroom. If we We wear raincoats (in the rain.)
leave the classroom, we will be in the hall! We wear rain hats (in the rain.)
2. En español, in quiere decir “en.” En We wear rain boots (in the rain.)
quiere decir “parte de un espacio, lugar o We use an umbrella (in the rain.)
experiencia.” Estamos en el salón. Si salimos 5. I’m going to describe some situations. You tell
del salón, estaremos en el pasillo. me where you’d like to be in each situation.
3. This picture shows the word in. This girl is It’s raining outside. Where would you like to
standing in the rain. The rain is all around her. be: in the rain or in your house?
It’s time for lunch. Where would you like be:
in the classroom or in the cafeteria?
The librarian is reading a funny story. Where
would you like to be: in the library or in the
nurse’s office?
6. Repeat the word three times with me:
in, in, in.
188
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jupiterimage/ Comstock Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Blend Images/SuperStock.
Basic Words
Unit 7 Week 1
raindrops, boots, umbrella,
A Rainy Day
raincoat, flood, rainbow
raindrops boots umbrella
raincoat flood rainbow
ROUTINE
189
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (tc) © moodboard. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (bm) © Creatas/PunchStock. (br) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 mild
Unit 7 Week 2 In the Yard
Word 2 month
July
Sunday M onday Tuesday W ednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
Key Vocabulary Word 1 mild

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend the weather is mild today. I will
1. One word in the selection is mild. Say it with say some things you could do outside. Let’s all
me: mild. Mild means “nice or pleasant.” act them out.
When we say the weather is mild, we mean it play ball
is not too hot or too cold. have a picnic
2. En español, mild quiere decir “moderado, go for a walk
templado.” Cuando decimos que es un día
templado, no hace ni mucho frío ni mucho roller skate
calor. 5. We will pretend to take a walk around our
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows a mild neighborhood on a mild day. I will point out
day. The children are outdoors playing. They things we see. Follow me on our walk and
look comfortable. They aren’t wearing coats, echo the things I say: We are walking on a
so it must not be too cold. They aren’t hot mild day. We see people sailing on the bay. We
and sweaty, so it must not be too hot. The are walking on mild day. We see kids biking
weather is mild. along the way. We are walking on a mild day.
We see a chirping blue jay.
6. Now let’s say mild together three more times:
mild, mild, mild.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 month

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. We will name the months together. We will
1. Another word in the selection is month. Say touch a part of our body for each month.
it with me: month. A month is one of the Say what I say. Do what I do. January (Touch
twelve parts of the year. These are the months your head.) February (Touch your shoulders.)
of the year: January, February, March, April, March (Touch your knees.) April (Touch your
May, June, July, August, September, October, toes.) (Continue the pattern of touching head,
November, December. shoulders, knees and toes as you say May,
June, July, August then September, October,
2. En español, month quiere decir “mes.” Un
November, December.)
mes es cada una de las doce partes en que
se divide el año. Estos son los meses del año: 5. We will see how many children have birthdays
enero, febrero, marzo, abril, mayo, junio, julio, in each month. (Say the month of January
agosto, septiembre, octubre, noviembre y and have children born in January line up.
diciembre. Continue with the other months.)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows a 6. Now let’s say month together three more
month. The picture shows part of a calendar. times: month, month, month.
It shows the month of July. The 31 days of the
month are shown on the calendar.
192
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © SW Productions/Getty Images. (b) © McGraw-Hill Companies.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 season
Word 4 shiver
Key Vocabulary Word 3 season

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. (Point to the picture on the opposite side.)
1. Another word in the selection is season. Say it This picture shows one of the seasons. It
with me: season. A season is one of the four shows fall. We can tell this is fall because
times of the year. The four seasons are spring, the leaves are different colors. The leaves are
summer, fall, and winter. In many places the getting ready to fall off the trees. Fall is one
weather is different in each season. of the four seasons of the year.
2. En español, season quiere decir “estación.” 4. Tell your partner which season is your favorite.
Una estación es cada una de las cuatro partes Tell why you like that season best.
en que se divide el año. Las cuatro estaciones 5. Fold a paper in four parts. (Demonstrate how
son la primavera, el verano, el otoño y el to fold a paper into quarters.) Draw something
invierno. En muchas regiones, el clima cambia people can do in each season on each square.
con cada estación. Show your partner and talk about your
pictures.
6. Now let’s say season together three more
times: season, season, season.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 shiver

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all shiver together. I will show you how.
1. Another word in the selection is shiver. Say (Demonstrate and have children imitate you as
it with me: shiver. To shiver means “to shake they say shiver.)
because you are cold.” You might shiver if you 5. I will say some places. If they are cold places,
went outside without your coat on a cold day. shiver. If they are hot places, fan yourself.
2. En español, to shiver quiere decir “temblar de at the beach in summer
frío.” Puedes temblar de frío si sales sin abrigo inside a refrigerator
en el invierno.
beside a fireplace
3. Now let’s look at a picture of someone who
shivers. (Point to the girl.) See this girl. She on a block of ice
is outside on a very cold day. The wind is 6. Now let’s say shiver together three more
blowing. Even though she is dressed in warm times: shiver, shiver, shiver.
clothes, the cold makes her shiver.
194
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © J&L Images/Lawrence M. Sawyer/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 warning
Key Vocabulary Word 5 warning

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. We want everyone in school to be safe. What
1. Another word in the selection is warning. Say are some warnings we can give people in our
it with me: warning. A warning is a message school to keep them safe? (Examples include:
that something dangerous might happen. Walk in the hall so you don’t bump into
Sometimes, we get warnings on television. anyone. Don’t walk on a wet spot in the hall or
News people will tell us if a big storm is you could slip. Keep things off the floor so no
coming. They’ll tell us what to do to stay safe. one trips.)
That is a warning. 5. Sometimes lights or signs give us warnings.
2. En español, warning quiere decir Draw something that warns us of danger.
“advertencia.” Una advertencia es un mensaje Talk about your drawing with your partner.
que nos avisa cuando hay peligro. A veces hay (Example: a stop sign that warns us to stop for
advertencias en la televisión. Los noticieros cars or a police car light that warns us to get
nos avisan que se aproxima una tormenta out of the way)
peligrosa. Nos dicen cómo protegernos de la 6. Now say warning three more times with me:
tormenta. warning, warning, warning.
3. Now let’s look at a picture of a warning. This
picture shows a very dangerous kind of storm.
The storm is called a tornado. People need a
warning when this kind of storm is coming.
They need to know so they can go to a
safe place.
196
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Warren Faidley/Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 work hard
Word 2 in the yard

Word 1 work hard
1. In English, we use the phrase work hard to 4. I am going to name some things we do. If
talk about times when we try to do something we work hard at these things, say the phrase
really well. Say it with me: work hard. If you work hard. If not, don’t say anything.
work hard at playing soccer, you will get writing
better. cleaning up
2. En español, to work hard quiere decir resting
“esforzarse mucho.” Si te esfuerzas mucho al eating a snack
jugar fútbol, vas a mejorar. 5. Now let’s pretend to wash the car. As we do,
3. This picture shows the phrase work hard. This chant: “We work hard, we work hard, we
girl is helping her father wash the car. It is not work hard to wash the car.”
easy to wash the car. Look at her hands. They (You may want to continue by asking children
are soapy and full of bubbles because she had to name things they work hard at. Have them
to work hard to get the dirt off the car. pretend to do the job and replace the phrase
wash the car with the name of the job.)
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: work
hard, work hard, work hard.
Word 2 in the yard

1. In English, we use the phrase in the yard to 4. I’m going to name some things we do. If we
talk about things we do in an outdoor space do these things in the yard, say the phrase in
next to a building. Say it with me: in the yard. the yard. If not, don’t say anything.
At my house, I do lots of fun things in the play catch
yard. We play, we work hard in the garden, wash dishes
and we rake leaves in the yard. plant flowers
2. En español, in the yard quiere decir “en el mop the floor
jardín; en un espacio natural a un lado de un 5. Now let’s talk about some things we can do to
edificio.” En mi casa, hacemos mucho en el keep a yard looking nice and neat. Finish each
jardín. Jugamos, trabajamos y juntamos las sentence I start by saying the phrase in the yard.
hojas del jardín.
We rake leaves (in the yard.)
3. This picture shows a family playing in the We pick weeds (in the yard.)
yard. They are playing soccer together. It We clean up trash (in the yard.)
looks like they are having fun together in the We water the plants (in the yard.)
yard. Now let’s repeat these sentences. This time,
let’s pretend to do each thing.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: in the
yard, in the yard, in the yard.
198
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Keith Eng 2007/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Basic Words
Unit 7 Week 2
shovel, mow, rake,
In the Yard
dig, pick, weed
shovel mow rake
dig pick weed
ROUTINE
199
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ryan McVay/Getty Images. (tc) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (tr) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © Juice Images/age footstock. (bm) © moodboard. (br) © Photodisc/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 clear
Unit 7 Week 3 Bear Snores On
Word 2 cozy
Key Vocabulary Word 1 clear

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. On one side of your paper, draw a clear day.
1. One word in the selection is clear. Say it with Then turn over your paper and draw a day
me: clear. Clear means “without any clouds.” that is not clear. When you are done, show
On a clear day, the sun is out and the sky is all your pictures to your partner. Your partner will
blue. say clear or not clear to tell which picture you
are showing him or her.
2. En español, clear quiere decir “despejado, sin
nubes en el cielo.” Cuando decimos que el 5. There are many fun things you can do on
cielo está despejado, quiere decir que hace sol a clear day. Take turns telling your partner
y el cielo está azul. some things you like to do on a clear day. Use
this sentence: I like a clear day because I can
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows a clear
. (Examples include: take a walk,
day. Look at the sky in this picture. Do you
fly a kite, ride my bike)
see any clouds in the sky? No, there is not one
cloud. It is a clear day. 6. Now let’s say clear together three more times:
clear, clear, clear.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 cozy

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Take turns with your partner naming as many
1. Another word in the selection is cozy. Say cozy places as you can. Tell why you think
it with me: cozy. Cozy means “warm and each is cozy.
comfortable.” A nice, thick sweater feels cozy 5. People aren’t the only ones who like to be
on a cold day. cozy. Animals like to be cozy, too. Think about
2. En español, cozy quiere decir “acogedor y a pet you have or would like to have. Tell your
caliente.” Un suéter grueso es acogedor y partner what you can do to make a cozy spot
caliente cuando hace frío. for that kind of animal.
3. Now let’s look at the picture. The two 6. Now let’s say cozy together three more times:
sisters are in bed. The bed looks soft and cozy, cozy, cozy.
comfortable. The covers are nice and warm.
The girls feel cozy in their bed.
202
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © James Hardy/PhotoAlto/Getty Images. (b) © trbfoto/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 experience
Word 4 hibernate
Key Vocabulary Word 3 experience

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows people
1. Another word in the selection is experience. having an experience. Look at the two friends
Say it with me: experience. An experience in the picture. They are having fun in the
is something that someone has done or snow. Later they will remember how much fun
something that happened to someone. this experience was. They might tell others
A vacation or a special visit can be a fun about their experience.
experience. 5. Tell your partner about a fun experience you
2. En español, experience quiere decir have had in school.
“experiencia.” Una experiencia es algo que te 6. Some experiences are fun. Some are funny or
ha pasado. Unas vacaciones divertidas son una sad or surprising. Choose a kind of experience.
experiencia inolvidable. Tell your partner about the experience.
3. Experience in English and experiencia in Tell what would happen during this kind of
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost experience. Tell how the person who has the
the same and mean the same thing in both experience might feel. (For example, a child
languages. might tell about the experience of going to a
new school and say that it could feel scary at
first.)
7. Now let’s say experience together three more
times: experience, experience, experience.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 hibernate

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. We will pretend to be mice in our
1. Another word in the selection is hibernate. Say underground nest. We will sit down on the
it with me: hibernate. To hibernate means “to floor and curl up. Then we will close our eyes
spend the winter resting.” Some wild animals and pretend to hibernate. (Children may
hibernate during the winter. They rest in a pretend to go to sleep in their chairs if there is
cave, den, or underground area. When they not enough room on the floor.)
hibernate, they do not need much food. This 5. We will pretend to be ground squirrels that
is a good thing because some animals have hibernate. Let’s go to sleep and hibernate
trouble finding food in winter. during the winter. (Lead children in
2. En español, to hibernate quiere decir pretending to sleep.) Now pretend it is spring.
“hibernar, invernar.” Algunos animales We do not need to hibernate in the spring.
hibernan durante el invierno. Comen mucho. Let’s wake up. (Lead children in pretending
Luego duermen. Cuando invernan, no to wake up.) Let’s go look for food. (Lead
necesitan mucha alimentación. Menos mal, children in moving about the room,
porque en el invierno no hay mucha comida. pretending to be squirrels looking for food.)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the 6. Now let’s say hibernate together three more
word hibernate. The mouse in this picture times: hibernate, hibernate, hibernate.
hibernates. He is resting in a nest underground.
He will not come out until the weather gets
warm. Then he will go look for food.
204
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Geoff Manasse/Getty Images. (b) © Newman/OSF/Earth Scenes/Animals Animals.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 retreat
Key Vocabulary Word 5 retreat

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. I will give each of you time to find a retreat
1. Another word in the selection is retreat. Say in the classroom. Maybe you will choose the
it with me: retreat. A retreat is a place to rest book center. Maybe you will choose a corner.
or relax. Sometimes people have a cozy room Maybe you will take a chair to a place where
that is a retreat for them. Your bedroom may it is quiet. When you find your retreat, I will
be your retreat where you can get away from give you a few minutes to relax quietly.
noise to read and think. 5. Please stand up. I will name some things. If
2. En español, retreat quiere decir “refugio.” Un the place I name would be a good retreat,
refugio es un lugar para descansar. Un cuarto nod your head “yes.” If it would not be a
acogedor puede servir de refugio. Tu cuarto good retreat, shake your head “no.”
puede ser un refugio. Ahí puedes refugiarte in a garden
del ruido. Puedes leer y pensar a solas. on a playground
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the in the library
word retreat. This picture shows a cave. A on a school bus
cave is a good place for a bear to rest for the 6. Now say retreat three more times with me:
winter, where no one will bother the animal. retreat, retreat, retreat.
The cave is a good retreat for the bear.
206
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jess Alford/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 all
Word 2 none
Word 1 all
1. In English, we use the word all when we mean 4. I am going to name some things. Raise your
everyone or everything. Say it with me: all. All hand if you like the thing I say. If everyone
my friends came to my party. raises their hand, that means we all like it.
2. En español, all quiere decir “todos.” Todos mis We’ll say: We all like .
amigos asistieron a mi fiesta. candy
3. This picture shows the word all. All the playing with friends
children are on the merry-go-round. They are watching movies
all sitting together. pepperoni pizza
5. Now I’m going to say a poem. Repeat each
line after me.
We ate all our breakfast.
We ate up every bite.
We put on all our clothes.
Each piece was on just right.
We played with all our friends.
Everyone had fun.
We did all our homework,
and now our day is done.
all, all, all.
Word 2 none
1. In English, none means “not one, or not any.” 4. Help me make a grocery list. I’m going to ask
Say it with me: none. We ate all the crackers. you if we have something. Say: “We have
Now there are none. none.” Then I’ll put the item on the list.
2. En español, none quiere decir “ni uno, (Write each item on the board.)
ninguno.” Nos comimos todas las galletas. Ya Do we have eggs?
no queda ni una. No quedó ninguna. Do we have milk?
3. This picture shows the word none. Look at the Do we have bread?
classroom. Where are all the children? None Do we have fruit?
of them are in the classroom. They must be 5. Now finish each sentence I start by saying the
outside. word none.
The monkey ate all the bananas. Now there
are .
We picked up all the trash. Now there is
.
We used all the paper. Now we have
.
none, none, none.
208
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Andersen Ross/Blend Images/Jupiterimages.
Basic Words
Unit 7 Week 3
squeak, chomp, groan,
Bear Snores On
sneeze, snore, tweet
squeak chomp groan
sneeze snore tweet
ROUTINE
209
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © PhotoObjects.net/Jupiterimages. (tc) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Comstock/PunchStock.
(bl) © Pixtal/age fotostock. (bm) © Peter Cade/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (br) © IT Stock/Polka Dot Images/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 charming
Unit 8 Week 1 Oak Trees
Word 2 conceited
Key Vocabulary Word 1 charming

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. I will say some things. You will clap if I say
1. One word in the selection is charming. Say it something charming. You will do nothing
with me: charming. Charming means “very if what I say is not charming.
pleasant and nice.” Charming people are nice I am happy to see you.
to be with. They are kind and think about May I help you?
others. Your hat looks silly.
2. En español, charming quiere decir Give me the biggest cookie.
“encantador, agradable.” Nos gusta estar con It is nice to have you visit my house.
las personas encantadoras. Estas personas son
amables y piensan en los demás. 5. Take turns saying something charming to your
partner.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows a
charming person. Look at the boy. He is giving 6. Now let’s say charming together three more
someone flowers he picked. It is a nice thing times: charming, charming, charming.
to give someone flowers. The boy is charming.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 conceited

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. A conceited person might say, I will win every
1. Another word in the selection is conceited. game we play. My work is the best of all. My
Say it with me: conceited. Conceited means outfit is prettier than anyone else’s. Take turns
“being too proud of yourself, or thinking telling your partner other things a conceited
you’re better than other people.” Conceited person might say. Say them in a conceited
people think they are more important than way.
anyone else. 5. Talk with your partner about what others
2. En español, conceited quiere decir think of conceited people. Do others usually
“presumido.” Una persona presumida piensa like conceited people? Why or why not?
que es superior o más importante que los 6. Now let’s say conceited together three more
demás. Se cree mucho. times: conceited, conceited, conceited.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows a
conceited person. The man is looking in a
mirror. He is checking how he looks. He thinks
he is more handsome than anyone else. What
a conceited man!
212
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source Black/Alamy Images. (b) © B. Bird/zefa/Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 equal
Word 4 grow
Key Vocabulary Word 3 equal

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows two
1. Another word in the selection is equal. Say equal things. This is a scale. (Point to the tray
it with me: equal. Equal means “exactly the on the left and then the tray on the right as
same size or the same amount.” I can hold six you mention them.) We could put one apple
cherries in my left hand. I can hold six cherries on the left side and the same size apple on the
in my right hand. The number of cherries I can right side. The two trays would stay even with
hold in each hand is equal. each other. The scale would show that the
weight of the two apples is equal.
2. En español, equal quiere decir “igual, del
mismo tamaño o de la misma cantidad.” 5. Two people can be equal in height. I’ll pick
Tengo seis cerezas en la mano izquierda. two of you at a time. You will stand side
Tengo seis cerezas en la mano derecha. Tengo by side and we’ll decide if you’re the same
la misma cantidad de cerezas en cada mano. height. Then we will say equal or not equal to
show whether you are the same height.
3. Equal in English and igual in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Each of you will have a chance to try to find
mean the same thing in both languages. two books on our bookshelves that are equal
in size. After you find the two books, sit down.
When everyone is done, you can show your
books and say equal.
7. Now let’s say equal together three more times:
equal, equal, equal.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 grow

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend to be seeds that grow into
1. Another word in the selection is grow. Say plants. First, crouch down and make yourself
it with me: grow. To grow means “to get as tiny as you can. Now slowly grow bigger
bigger.” People, animals, and plants grow. and taller. Keep growing. Keep growing
You are all growing right now! until you are the tallest plant you can be.
(Demonstrate as you give directions.)
2. En español, to grow quiere decir “crecer,
hacerse más grande.” Las personas, los 5. I am going to name some things. When I say
animales y las plantas crecen. En este something that grows, stand up. When I say
momento, están creciendo. something that does not grow, sit down.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows corn trees
plants. They started out as seeds. Then they children
started to grow. Now they are tall plants. The puppies
sun and rain will help them grow some more. pencils
bean plants
horses
chairs
cars
6. Now let’s say grow together three more times:
grow, grow, grow.
214
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 plant
Key Vocabulary Word 5 plant

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side . 4. (Point to the small plants in containers in the
1. Another word in the selection is plant. Say it picture.) See these flower plants. They are in
with me: plant. To plant means “to put a seed small cups. The boys want to plant the flowers
or small plant in the ground so it will grow.” in a pot. (Point to the clay pot the boy on the
We plant things in soil. Then we water them. right has.) The boy puts soil into the pot. Then
The sun shines on them, and they grow. he puts the flower in the soil. That is how the
boys plant flowers.
2. En español, to plant quiere decir “plantar,
colocar una semilla o planta en la tierra para 5. People can plant fruits, vegetables, and
que crezca ahí.” Plantamos cosas en la tierra. flowers. Tell your partner something you
Luego las regamos con agua. El sol brillará would like to plant. Tell why.
sobre lo que plantaste y crecerá. 6. You and your partner will pretend to be the
3. To plant in English and plantar in Spanish are children in the picture. Act out together how
cognates. They sound almost the same and you would plant flowers in pots. Tell each
mean the same thing in both languages. other what you are doing as you do each step.
7. Now say plant three more times with me:
plant, plant, plant.
216
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photo by Lynn Betts/USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 grow from
Word 2 fall to
Word 1 grow from
1. In English, we use the phrase grow from to 4. Bend down really low and curl into a ball, like
talk about things that come out of seeds. a small seed. Now pretend you are a plant
Say it with me: grow from. Grow from means that grows from a seed. Stretch up straight
“to sprout, or come into being, from a seed.” and tall and spread your arms like leaves. As
Sunflowers grow from sunflower seeds. we grow, let’s say: “We are plants. We grow
2. En español, to grow from quiere decir “brotar, from seeds.”
salir o crecer de una semilla.” Los girasoles 5. Now let’s make a list of things we eat that
salen de las semillas de girasol. grow from seeds. I’ll write the things you say.
3. This picture shows the phrase grow from. (Examples include: watermelon, peas, corn) As
Seedlings, or little plants, grow from seeds. I point to each word, let’s say: “[Name of fruit
After the seeds are planted, they need food, or vegetable] grow from seeds.”
water, and sunshine. Then the plants come 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: grow
out of the seeds and start to grow. from, grow from, grow from.
Word 2 fall to
1. In English, we use the phrase fall to to talk 4. Pretend you are a leaf on a tree. Show me
about things that drop from a higher place what you would look like as you gently fall to
to a lower place (Raise your hand up high the ground from the tree.
and then lower it.) Say it with me: fall to. In 5. Now let’s come to the front of the room. Let’s
autumn, the leaves fall to the ground. play Ring Around the Rosy. When we say “We
2. En español, to fall to quiere decir “caer desde all fall down,” we will all fall to the ground.
un lugar más alto.” (Alza la mano alto y luego 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: fall to,
bájala.) En el otoño, las hojas caen de los fall to, fall to.
árboles.
3. This picture shows the phrase fall to. The
skydivers in this picture fall to the ground
from the sky. They have a lot of training and
special equipment to help them do this safely.
Do you think you would like to fall to the
ground like a skydiver?
218
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ray Grover/Alamy Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages.
Basic Words
Unit 8 Week 1
branch, twigs, sap,
Oak Trees
tree, wood, bark
branch twigs sap
tree wood bark
ROUTINE
219
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Charles Smith/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (tc) © Kaz Chiba/Getty Images. (tr) © PunchStock.
(bl) © Photographer’s Choice/Getty/PunchStock. (bm) © Creatas/PunchStock. (br) © Anthony Ise/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 gradually
Unit 8 Week 2 Seed Secrets
Word 2 moist
Key Vocabulary Word 1 gradually

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s get up from out seats gradually. Please
1. One word in the selection is gradually. Say sit in your chair. Now, very slowly, bit by bit,
it with me: gradually. Gradually means stand up. (Lead children in gradually rising
“happening slowly or a little bit at a time.” from their seats.)
Imagine that you have a big plate of food. 5. Line up on one side of the room. I will say
You eat one forkful at a time. Gradually, the some things. When I name something that
plate gets empty. happens gradually, take a step forward. When
2. En español, gradually quiere decir I name something that happens fast and all
“gradualmente, poco a poco.” Imagina que at once, stay still. Gradually, you’ll get all the
tienes enfrente un plato de comida. Con un way across the room.
tenedor, tomas un bocado a la vez. Poco a a tree grows
poco, terminas de comer. a balloon pops
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the a dog barks
word gradually. The picture shows some tiny a person falls asleep
plants. If we looked at them tomorrow they a person falls down
would be a tiny bit taller. The next day, they
a tub fills up with water
would be a little bit taller again. Plants grow
gradually. 6. Now let’s say gradually together three more
times: gradually, gradually, gradually.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 moist

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend to be the girl in the photo. Let’s
1. Another word in the selection is moist. Say it water an imaginary plant just enough to make
with me: moist. Moist means “a little bit wet.” it moist. (Lead children in acting out spraying
If you were outside in a little drizzle, your a plant.) Now, let’s act out putting lotion on
clothes might get moist. our hands to make our skin moist. Let’s act
out taking a tiny sip of water to make our
2. En español, moist quiere decir “húmedo, un
mouths moist.
poco mojado.” Si te sorprende una llovizna en
la calle, cuando llegues a casa tu ropa estará 5. If I tell about something moist, say, “moist.” If I
un poco mojada. tell about something that is not moist, say, “dry.”
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the your towel after you use it to dry off
word moist. The girl gets the plants wet. She the ground after a light rain
does not pour lots of water on them with a a cotton ball
watering can. She uses a spray bottle to get a dog’s nose
them just a little bit wet. The girl makes the a cracker
plants moist.
6. Now let’s say moist together three more times:
moist, moist, moist.
222
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Heide Benser/zefa/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (b) © Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 necessary
Word 4 observe
Key Vocabulary Word 3 necessary

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Make a picture list of things that are necessary
1. Another word in the selection is necessary. for people to have. Share your list with your
Say it with me: necessary. Necessary means partner. Which things on your picture list
“needed.” Necessary things are things we are the same as your partner’s? Which things
must have. We must have food. Food is on your picture list are different from your
necessary. partner’s? (Examples include: food, water,
sleep, a home, clothes)
2. En español, necessary quiere decir “necesario.”
Si una cosa es necesaria, no es posible vivir 6. When we make food to eat, certain
sin ella. La comida es necesaria. Tenemos que ingredients are necessary. Think of a food you
comer. No es posible vivir sin comida. have made or seen an adult make. Tell your
partner what the food is. Tell him or her what
3. Necessary in English and necesario in Spanish
ingredients are necessary to make the food.
(For example, a child may say it is necessary
to have fruit, yogurt, and ice to make a
4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the smoothie.)
word necessary. The person in the picture is
7. Now let’s say necessary together three more
going to plant something. She must have soil
times: necessary, necessary, necessary.
to plant. Soil is necessary for planting.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 observe

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. carefully. The girl pays attention to the color,
1. Another word in the selection is observe. Say it shape, and size of the flower.
with me: observe. To observe means “to watch 5. We will play a game. I will describe something
or look at something carefully.” When you I observe. You will guess what it is. If you
work, I watch you carefully. I observe what can’t guess the first time, I will give you hints
you are doing to see if you need help. until you do. Let’s play. I observe something
2. En español, to observe quiere decir “observar, round. (Pause for guesses. Give additional
mirar con cuidado.” Cuando ustedes hacen clues, as needed.) It has numbers on it. (Pause)
su trabajo, yo los observo atentamente. Los It tells us the time. (Continue the game with
observo para ver si necesitan ayuda. other items.)
3. To observe in English and observar in Spanish 6. Walk around our classroom and choose
are cognates. They sound almost the same something to observe. Look at the thing
and mean the same thing in both languages. carefully. Notice everything about it. After a
few minutes, you will have a chance to tell the
class what you observed about the thing.
word observe. The girl in this picture observes
a flower. She does not just look at it quickly. 7. Now let’s say observe together three more
She looks at it for a while. She looks at it times: observe, observe, observe.
224
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Romy Ragan/Pixtal/age fotostock. (b) © Kristy-Anne Glubish/Design Pics/age fotostock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 seed
Key Vocabulary Word 5 seed

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. (Give each child a marker or something else
1. Another word in the selection is seed. Say it to represent a seed.) This will be our seed.
with me: seed. A seed is a small, hard, dry part Let’s plant it. (Demonstrate putting one hand
of a plant that we can put in soil to make a flat on the floor. “Plant” the “seed” under
new plant grow. The tiny round things we the hand.) Let’s watch it grow. (Demonstrate
see inside of tomatoes are seeds. People eat putting the other hand, with the fingers
some seeds, such as pumpkin, sunflower, and spread, perpendicular to the flat hand to
sesame seeds. represent a plant.)
2. En español, seed quiere decir “semilla.” Una 5. Let’s sing about planting seeds. After we sing
semilla es la parte pequeña, dura y seca de each verse, I will ask someone to tell me what
una planta que se siembra para producir otra kind of seed the farmer planted. You can say
planta de la misma especie. Los granitos que any kind you wish. (Lead children in singing
vemos dentro de un tomate son semillas. to the tune of “The Farmer in the Dell.”) The
Algunas semillas, como las de calabaza, farmer plants a seed. The farmer plants a seed.
sésamo y girasol, se pueden comer. Hi-ho-the derry-o. The farmer plants a seed.
[Name], what kind of seed did the farmer
plant? Okay, let’s sing again.
word seed. These are the seeds of a sunflower
plant. Sunflower seeds have a dark, hard 6. Now say seed three more times with me:
shell. Inside each shell is a light brown seed. seed, seed, seed.
If we plant sunflower seeds in a sunny place
and water them, they will grow into new
sunflower plants.
226
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Barry Gregg/Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 travel with
Word 2 travel by
Word 1 travel with
1. In English, we use the phrase travel with to 4. Imagine you are going on a long trip. What
talk about the people or things we take along is one thing you would want to travel with?
when we go from one place to another. Say I’ll start. I travel with a good book. Now tell
it with me: travel with. I travel with my best me one thing you travel with. (Call on each
friend every summer. We like to go to the student.)
beach. 5. Now find a partner. I’ll call you and your
2. En español, to travel with quiere decir “viajar partner to the front of the room. Say: “I travel
con alguien o algo.” Yo viajo con mi mejor with [partner’s name].” Then walk across the
amiga cada verano. Nos gusta ir a la playa. room and go back to your seat.
3. This picture shows the phrase travel with. This 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: travel
little girl travels with her mother. They are with, travel with, travel with.
going on a trip together. Where do you think
they might be going?
Word 2 travel by
1. In English, we use the phrase travel by to tell 4. Let’s show some ways we travel. (Lead
how we get from place to place. Say it with children through movements as they say each
me: travel by. To get to school, you may travel way of traveling.)
by bus. To go someplace far away, you might We travel by car. (Pretend to steer a car.)
travel by train. We travel by bike. (Pretend to pedal by moving
2. En español, to travel by quiere decir “viajar your legs in a cycling motion.)
por; viajar en.” Para llegar a la escuela, quizás We travel by foot. (March in place.)
viajes por autobús. Para llegar a un lugar We travel by airplane. (Hold your arms out
lejano, quizás viajes por tren. wide like an airplane’s wings.)
3. This picture shows the phrase travel by. To go 5. Now let’s say this rhyme together. I’ll say a
places that are far away, people sometimes line. Repeat the line after me. Then we’ll say
travel by airplane. The airplane takes them the whole rhyme together.
from one place to another. Can anyone tell We travel by car when we have to go far.
me about a time you traveled by plane? We travel by bike when we don’t want to hike.
Where did you go? We travel by boat when we want to float.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: travel
by, travel by, travel by.
228
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © White Rock/Getty Images. (b) © Charles Smith//Corbis.
Basic Words
Unit 8 Week 2
squash, coconut, pepper,
Seed Secrets
strawberry, watermelon, pear
squash coconut pepper
strawberry watermelon pear
ROUTINE
229
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Creatas/PunchStock. (tc) © Iconotec/Alamy Images. (tr) © Burke Triolo Productions/Getty Images.
(bl) © Image Source Black/Jupiterimages. (bm) © Comstock/PunchStock. (br) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 arrange
Unit 8 Week 3 Sunflower House
Word 2 basic
Key Vocabulary Word 1 arrange

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. I am going to give you several items. (Give
1. One word in the selection is arrange. Say it each child three items to arrange, such as
with me: arrange. To arrange means “to put three different sized crayons or books.)
things a certain way or in a certain order.” Arrange them in order. Put down the smallest
I have to think about how I arrange the one. Next to it put the medium sized one.
furniture in our classroom. I arrange the Last, put down the biggest one.
furniture it a certain way to make it easy for 5. I am going to arrange the class into groups.
us to work and learn. Please go where I tell you. (Have children
2. En español, to arrange quiere decir sit in clusters based on shirt color.) Who can
“acomodar, poner las cosas en cierto orden.” figure out why I arranged you as I did?
Tengo que pensar en cómo acomodar las 6. Now let’s say arrange together three more
cosas del salón. Así tendremos el mejor times: arrange, arrange, arrange.
espacio para aprender y disfrutar.
word arrange. We see a woman putting
flowers in a vase. She is not just grabbing
them and sticking them in the vase. She is
thinking about how to arrange them so they
look pretty.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 basic

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Basic things are the most important things.
1. Another word in the selection is basic. Say it Work with your partner to decide which
with me: basic. Basic means “main or most things in our classroom are basic. For example,
important.” Your basic job in school is to books are basic. They are things that are very
learn. important to help us learn.
2. En español, basic quiere decir “básico, lo 6. Imagine that you are going to get a puppy as
esencial, lo más importante.” Su obligación a pet. Pretend that your parents asked you to
esencial en la escuela es estudiar. make a shopping list of the basic things your
family would need to get for the puppy. What
3. Basic in English and básico in Spanish are
are the things your puppy must have? Share
your ideas with your partner. See if you both
thought of the same things or if you have
4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the different ideas.
word basic. See the sun coming through the
7. Now let’s say basic together three more times:
trees. The trees could not stay alive without
basic, basic, basic.
the sun. Sun is a basic need for living things.
232
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Scott T Baxter/PunchStock. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 garden
Word 4 senses
Key Vocabulary Word 3 garden

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. You will plan a vegetable garden. Think
1. Another word in the selection is garden. Say about your favorite vegetables. Make a map
it with me: garden. A garden is a piece of of your garden to show where you will grow
land where people grow plants. Some gardens each vegetable. (Draw a model on the board.
have vegetable plants in them. Some gardens Draw a square and section it off. Draw small
have flowers in them. green circles in one area to show peas, big red
circles to show tomatoes, and so on. ) When
2. En español, garden quiere decir “jardín.” Un
you are done, show your garden to your
jardín es un terreno donde crecen las plantas.
partner and talk about it.
En algunos jardines crecen verduras. En otros
jardines crecen flores. 5. Talk with your partner about the kinds of
flowers that people can plant in flower
gardens (Examples include: sunflowers, tulips,
word garden. See the garden in the picture.
roses, daisies, pansies)
It is a flower garden. Someone planted
rows of different kinds of flowers to make 6. Now let’s say garden together three more
a pretty place. times: garden, garden, garden.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 senses

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. I will name something. You will point to your
1. Another word in the selection is senses. Say it eyes, ears, fingers, mouth, or nose to show me
with me: senses. Our bodies use our senses to the most important sense you would use to
find out about the world around us. We have find out about the thing.
five senses. They are sight, hearing, touch, a meowing cat
taste, and smell. a cookie
2. En español, senses quiere decir “sentidos.” a cloud
Usamos nuestros sentidos para aprender del fur
mundo que nos rodea. Tenemos cinco sentidos: burned toast
la vista, el oído, el tacto, el gusto y el olfato. 6. I will give each of you an object. You will have
3. Senses in English and sentidos in Spanish are a few minutes to use your senses to find out
cognates. They sound almost the same and about the object. Be ready to tell the class
mean the same thing in both languages. which senses you used and what you found
out. (Unless you are using food objects, tell
children not to taste the items.)
word senses. The boy uses his senses to find
out about the flower. He uses his sense of 7. Now let’s say senses together three more
smell to find out how the flower smells. He times: senses, senses, senses.
uses his sense of sight to see what the flower
looks like. He uses his sense of touch to find
out what the flower feels like.
234
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Hola Images/Getty Images. (b) © Manchan/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 tend
Key Vocabulary Word 5 tend

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. As children get older they can tend to more
1. Another word in the selection is tend. Say it things. See how many things you and your
with me: tend. To tend means “to take care of partner can think of that you can tend to.
something.” Teachers tend children at school. (Examples include: doing schoolwork; keeping
Parents tend children at home. your bedroom neat; taking care of a pet;
doing chores at home)
2. En español, to tend quiere decir “cuidar de
alogo a alguien.” Los maestros cuidan a los 5. Draw a picture of yourself tending to
niños en la escuela. Los padres cuidan a los something at school. Tell your partner a
niños en casa. sentence about the picture. Use the word tend.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the 6. Now say tend three more times with me: tend,
word tend. The woman tends her garden. tend, tend.
She pulls out the weeds. She gives the plants
water. She makes sure that the plants in her
garden have everything they need to grow
healthy and strong.
236
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 in a line
Word 2 round and round

Word 1 in a line
1. In English, we use the phrase in a line to talk 4. Let’s stand in a line. Stand in a line in the front
about things that are in a row or one behind of the room. Who is first in the line? Who is
the other. Say it with me: in a line. We walk in last in the line? Now let’s walk in a line to the
a line to go to the cafeteria. back of the room.
2. En español, in a line quiere decir “en fila; uno 5. Now take out some crayons or pencils from
detrás del otro.” Caminamos en fila hasta la your pencil box. Put them in a line on your
cafetería. desk. Then put them away.
3. This picture shows the phrase in a line. These 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: in a
children are in a line. They are standing one line, in a line, in a line.
behind the other. Where do you think they
are?
Word 2 round and round

1. In English, we use the words round and round 4. I’m going to name some things. If the thing I
to talk about things that move in a circle. Say name goes round and round, say “round and
it with me: round and round. A wheel goes round.” If not, don’t say anything.
round and round. When I was little, I liked to wheels
spin round and round and make myself dizzy. a top
2. En español, round and round quiere decir “que a yo-yo
da vueltas y vueltas.” Una rueda se mueve a windmill
dando vueltas. Cuando era niña, me gustaba a swing
girar, dando vueltas y vueltas hasta marearme. 5. Now let’s sing this song: “The wheels on the
3. This picture shows the words round and bus go round and round, round and round,
round. Both carousels and Ferris wheels are round and round. The wheels on the bus go
rides that go round and round. (Point to the round and round, all through the town.”
carousel.) This is a carousel. It goes round and Move your hands round and round to show
round this way. (Make a horizontal turning what the bus wheels do.
motion) (Point to the Ferris wheel.) This is a 6. Repeat the words three times with me: round
Ferris wheel. It goes round and round this and round, round and round, round and
way. (Make a vertical turning motion.) round.
238
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 8 Week 3
house, roof, walls,
Sunflower House
floor, ceiling, door
house roof walls
floor ceiling door
ROUTINE
239
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © C. Borland/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (tc) © Johner Images/PunchStock. (tr) © Henry Cabala/Beateworks/Corbis.
(bl) © Image Source/age fotostock. (bm) © MIXA/PunchStock. (br) © Ivan Hunter/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 annoy
Unit 9 Week 1 Beetles
Word 2 distinctive
Key Vocabulary Word 1 annoy

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Show your partner how your face and body
1. One word in the selection is annoy. Say it with look when something annoys you.
me: annoy. To annoy is to “make someone 5. Take turns telling your partner things that
feel a little bit angry.” A fly can annoy you by annoy you. Tell why those things make you a
buzzing around your face. little bit angry.
2. En español, to annoy quiere decir “molestar, 6. Now let’s say annoy together three more
fastidiar, hacer enojar un poco.” Una mosca times: annoy, annoy, annoy.
molesta cuando zumba cerca de tu cara.
word annoy. One boy is trying to do his work.
The boy behind him is tapping him on the
head with a pencil. This bothers the boy in
front. The other boy annoys him.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 distinctive

1. Another word in the selection is distinctive. word distinctive. Look at the beautiful red,
Say it with me: distinctive. Distinctive means blue, and black marks on this butterfly. Only
“different from other people or things.” A this kind of butterfly has this kind of marks.
giraffe is distinctive because it has such a Other butterflies look different. The colorful
slong neck. Other animals do not have necks marks on this one are distinctive.
that long. 5. Think of a way you are distinctive from other
2. En español, distinctive quiere decir “distintivo, children you know. Maybe you know how
diferente a los demás.” Una jirafa es distintiva to do something most of your classmates do
por su cuello largo. Ningún otro animal tiene not. Maybe you like a food that most children
un cuello así. do not. Tell your partner one way you are
distinctive.
3. Distinctive in English and distintivo in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 6. Draw a house that you think would be fun
and mean the same thing in both languages. to live in. Don’t make it look like most other
houses. Make it distinctive in some way. Then
share your picture with your partner. Talk
about what makes your house is distinctive.
7. Now let’s say distinctive together three more
times: distinctive, distinctive, distinctive.
242
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jupiterimages/BananaStock/Alamy Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 flutter
Word 4 insect
Key Vocabulary Word 3 flutter

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are bees. Pretend that your
1. One word in the selection is flutter. Say it with arms are wings. Let’s flutter our wings.
me: flutter. To flutter means “to move wings 5. Each of you will have a turn to name an
up and down very fast.” Sometimes birds animal that flutters its wings. We will pretend
flutter their wings after they take a birdbath. to be that animal and flutter around the
They move their wings fast to get the water classroom. (Examples include: bird, butterfly,
off. bat, fly.)
2. En español, to flutter quiere decir “revolotear, 6. Now let’s say flutter together three more
agitar las alas rápidamente de arriba abajo.” times: flutter, flutter, flutter.
A veces los pájaros revolotean las alas después
de bañarse. Agitan las alas para secarse.
word flutter. Look at the wings on this bee.
(Point to the wings.) The bee’s wings are
going up and down very fast. The bee flutters
its wings so it can stay in the air to suck the
juice out of the flowers. If the bee did not
flutter its wings, it would fall to the ground.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 insect

1. Another word in the selection is insect. Say it word insect. Look at the animal in this picture.
with me: insect. An insect is a very, very small It looks big in the picture, but in real life it
animal that has six legs. Many insects also would be this big. (Indicate a half inch with
have wings. Another word we use for insect is your fingers.) Let’s count how many legs it
bug. Flies are insects, and so are ants. has. (Point to each leg as your lead children in
counting: one, two, three, four, five, six.) This
2. En español, insect quiere decir “insecto, un
is an insect. It has six legs.
animalito con tres pares de patas.” Muchos
insectos también tienen alas. Las moscas y las 5. You and your partner will make an insect word
hormigas son insectos. chain. You will do this by taking turns naming
insects you know. You will name as many
3. Insect in English and insecto in Spanish are
insects as you can.
mean the same thing in both languages. 6. Draw an insect. Be sure to make it small. Be
sure it has six legs. Make up a name for the
kind of insect you draw. Tell your partner the
insect’s name. Make up a story about where
the insect lives, what it eats, and how it acts.
7. Now let’s say insect together three more
times: insect, insect, insect.
244
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas/PunchStock. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 interesting
Key Vocabulary Word 5 interesting

1. One word in the selection is interesting. Say word interesting. The girl is looking at
it with me: interesting. Interesting means something interesting. She is looking at a
“making you pay attention or making you model of a dinosaur. She doesn’t want to
want to learn more.” I think spiders are leave. She wants to stay there and keep
interesting. I like to read about spiders and to looking. She wonders about the dinosaur.
look at pictures of spiders. She wants to know more about it because
it is so interesting.
2. En español, interesting quiere decir
“interesante, algo que te llama la atención.” 5. Each of you will have a few minutes to find
Las arañas me parecen interesantes. Me gusta something in our classroom that you think is
leer libros sobre arañas y ver las fotos de las interesting. Go stand next to the interesting
arañas. thing. When it is your turn, you can show it to
us and tell us why you think it is interesting.
3. Interesting in English and interesante in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 6. You will have a chance to act out something
the same and mean the same thing in both that you think is interesting to do. We will
languages. guess what you are showing us.
7. Now let’s say interesting together three more
times: interesting, interesting, interesting.
246
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 in the water
Word 2 on land
Word 1 in the water
1. In English, we use the phrase in the water to 4. I am going to name some animals. When
tell about someone or something that is in I name an animal that lives in the water,
water. When you jump into a pool or lake to say, “in the water.” When I name an animal
swim, you are in the water. Say it with me: in that does not live in the water, do not say
the water. anything.
2. En español, in the water quiere decir “en el dolphin
agua.” Cuando te tiras a la pisina o a un lago horse
a nadar, estás en el agua. seal
3. This picture shows the phrase in the water. cat
The ducks are swimming in the water. They whale
find fish to eat in the water. They live in the lion
water. They play in the water. 5. Now name some other animals that live in
the water. Tell where the animal lives—in the
ocean, or in a lake, river, or stream. If you
have seen the animal in the water, describe
how it looked. Share your memories of the
animal with your classmates.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: in the
water, in the water, in the water.
Word 2 on land
1. In English, we use the phrase on land to tell 4. I am going to tell about several different
about things that happen out of the water events. When I describe something that
and on the land. Say it with me: on land. Some happens on land, say “on land.” When I name
people do not know how to swim. They do something that does not happen on land,
not go in the water. They stay on land where don’t say anything.
they feel safe. You go for a walk with your family.
2. En español, on land quiere decir “sobre tierra.” You take a trip on an airplane.
Algo que sucede fuera del agua sucede sobre You swing on the playground.
tierra. Algunas personas no saben nadar. Éstas Balloons are flying through the air.
no se tiran al agua. Se quedan sobre la tierra, Birds sweep across the sky.
donde se sienten más seguras. A train takes you into the city.
3. This picture shows the phrase on land. The 5. Imagine that your family is going on a trip.
ducklings are walking on land with their You will stay on land as you travel. Tell where
mother. Ducks are birds that fly, swim, and live you will go and how you will get there. Think
both on land and in the water. about the different ways that people travel
on land. We can drive in our cars or in trailers,
and we can take trains and buses.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: on
land, on land, on land.
248
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock/PunchStock. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 9 Week 1
puddle, stream, pond,
Beetles
lake, river, ocean
puddle stream pond
lake river ocean
ROUTINE
249
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © imagebroker/Alamy Images. (tc) © Comstock/PunchStock. (tr) © Amanda Clement/Getty Images.
(bl) © Photodisc/Medioimages/PunchStock. (bm) © image100/SuperStock. (br) © moodboard.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 amazing
Unit 9 Week 2 Fish Faces
Word 2 deep
Key Vocabulary Word 1 amazing

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner some things you have seen
1. One word in the selection is amazing. Say in real life or on television that you think are
it with me: amazing. When something is amazing. Tell why you thought those things
amazing, it is so surprising or wonderful that it were wonderful and surprising.
doesn’t seem real. I think it is amazing that a 5. You and your partner will take turns
huge airplane can stay up in the sky. pretending you have just seen something
2. En español, amazing quiere decir “increíble, amazing. Show what your face and body looks
tan asombroso que apenas se puede creer.” like when you see something amazing. Think
Es asombroso que un avión pesado pueda about what you say when you see something
volar en el cielo sin caerse. amazing. Say it in a voice that shows you are
amazed.
word amazing. Look at this picture. This is an 6. Now let’s say amazing together three more
amazing sight! Can you believe how many fish times: amazing, amazing, amazing.
there are! The fish are such beautiful bright
colors! And look at all the green plants at the
bottom of the water. They are amazing, too!
Key Vocabulary Word 2 deep

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are looking down a deep
1. Another word in the selection is deep. Say it hole. Look with me. (Bend over at the waist
with me: deep. Deep means “far down.” The and cup your hands around your eyes as if you
roots of a tree go deep into the ground. are looking down.) Look how deep the hole
is. It is hard to see down to the bottom. Oh
2. En español, deep quiere decir “hondo,
look—there are rocks at the bottom of the
profundo.” Las raíces del árbol son profundas.
hole. But they look like tiny pebbles because
Llegan hasta muy adentro de la tierra.
they are so far away.
5. Now, we will pretend to dig a deep hole. We’ll
word deep. The trucks are at the bottom of a
use a pretend shovel. We will have to dig for
very, very deep hole. (Trace down the side of
a while to make the hole deep. (Lead children
the wall with your finger from top to bottom.)
in acting out digging a hole.) Keep digging.
Look how far down they are. I wonder how
We need the hole to be deep. Okay, now stop.
these trucks got down so deep.
Show me with your arms how deep the hole
you dug is.
6. Now let’s say deep together three more times:
deep, deep, deep.
252
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Georgette Douwma/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Stephen Mallon/Corbis Premium RF/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 invite
Word 4 ocean
Key Vocabulary Word 3 invite

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend that your hand is a telephone, like
1. One word in the selection is invite. Say it with this. (Show children how to hold their hands.)
me: invite. To invite means “to ask someone You and your partner will pretend to talk on
to do something or go some place with you.” the phone. Invite your partner to go some
I invite my family to come to my house for place or to do something with you. Your
holidays. partner will say, “Yes” or “No, thank you.”
2. En español, to invite quiere decir “invitar, 6. The girl invites her friend on the telephone.
pedirle a alguien que asista a una We can also write a letter or send a card to
celebración.” Yo invito a mi familia a mi invite someone. Pretend you are going to have
casa en las fiestas de diciembre. a party. Make a card to invite your friends.
Show what kind of party it will be. Then you
3. To invite in English and invitar in Spanish are
will each have a chance to give a card and get
a card from a classmate.
7. Now let’s say invite together three more times:
4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows
invite, invite, invite.
the word invite. The girl is talking on the
telephone. She is calling her friend. She is
inviting her friend to come to her house. Her
friend will come to the girl’s house. They will
play together.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 ocean

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s act out things we could do in the ocean.
1. Another word in the selection is ocean. Say it (Examples include swim, splash, boat, and
with me: ocean. An ocean is a very, very large fish.)
area of water that covers part of the earth. 6. People can play in the ocean. There are lots
Many fish and other animals live in the ocean. of animals in the ocean, too. Let’s pretend
2. En español, ocean quiere decir “océano, una our classroom is full of water. It is an ocean.
enorme extensión de agua salada que cubre We will be fish. Swim around with me in
una gran parte de la tierra.” Muchos peces y our ocean.
demás animales viven en el océano. 7. Now let’s say ocean together three more
3. Ocean in English and océano in Spanish are times: ocean, ocean, ocean.
word ocean. This is a picture of the ocean. See
how much water is in the ocean. The ocean is
so big that we cannot see where it begins and
ends in the picture. The water has waves in it
that move all the time. (Point to the waves.)
254
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © James Hardy/PhotoAlto/Alamy Images. (b) © Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 reason
Key Vocabulary Word 5 reason

1. One word in the selection is reason. Say it word reason. See the fish in the picture. It is a
with me: reason. A reason is why something puffer fish. It can puff up and make its body
happens. The reason we use an umbrella is big. The reason a puffer fish puffs up is so that
that it is raining. other fish cannot eat it.
2. En español, reason quiere decir “razón, causa, 5. Tell your partner a storybook or television
por qué sucede algo.” La razón por la cual show that you like. Tell your partner the
usamos paraguas es la lluvia. reason you like it.
3. Reason in English and razón in Spanish are 6. Take turns with your partner thinking of
cognates. They sound almost the same and reasons a child might play inside instead of
mean the same thing in both languages. going outdoors to play. (Examples include cold
weather, having a cold, and rain.)
7. Now let’s say reason together three more
times: reason, reason, reason.
256
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stephen Frink/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 open wide
Word 2 stick up
Word 1 open wide
1. In English, we use the phrase open wide to 4. I am going to name things that you might or
describe the way people or animals open might not want to eat. When I name the object,
their mouths all the way. Say it with me: open say “open wide” if you would eat it. If you
wide. Your doctor says “Open wide” when she would not eat the object, do not say anything.
wants to examine your throat. a bowl of ice cream
2. En español, open wide es lo que hacen las a wiggly worm
personas o los animales cuando abren la boca a plate of spaghetti
ampliamente. El doctor te puede pedir que a juicy peach
abras la boca así cuando quiere examinarte la a handful of dirt
garganta. 5. Help me finish these sentences.
3. This picture shows the phrase open wide. The When I eat a hot dog covered in ketchup, I
crocodile’s mouth is open wide. Don’t go near to take the first bite.
that crocodile. He looks hungry!
The zookeeper does not have to tell the lions
to when it is feeding time at
the zoo.
The dentist tells you to when
he wants to take a look inside your mouth.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: open
wide, open wide, open wide.
Word 2 stick up
1. In English, we use the phrase stick up to tell 5. I am going to read some sentences. When I
about something that stands up straight and pause, help me complete each sentence with
tall. A flower sticks up from the ground. A the phrase stick up.
rocky hill sticks up from the ground. When spring comes, the beautiful red tulips
2. En español, to stick up quiere decir “pararse will from the ground.
derecho, erguido.” Una flor brota de la tierra y I like to lie under the tall oak trees that
se mantiene erguida. Una colina alta también into the sky.
parece erguirse sobre la tierra.
We flew over tall mountains that
3. This picture shows the phrase stick up. You high into the landscape.
are looking at the Washington Monument in
Washington, D.C. It sticks up high into the sky. Can you make a block tower that will
from the floor?
4. I am going to name some things that you
know. I want you to tell me if each thing 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: stick
sticks up. When I name something that sticks up, stick up, stick up.
up, raise your hands high. When I tell about
something that does not stick up, do not say
anything.
a tall tree
a mound of dirt
a lake
a skyscraper
a tower
a tall mountain
258
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Purestock/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 9 Week 2
eye, nose, mouth,
Fish Faces
face, spikes, fins
eye nose mouth
face spikes fins
ROUTINE
259
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © James Gritz/Getty Images. (tc) © Marty Snyderman/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (tr) © Creatas/PunchStock.
(bl) © Martin Harvey/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (bm) © Stephen Frink/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (br) © Ken Usami/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 enormous
Unit 9 Week 3 If the Dinosaurs Came Back
Word 2 fantasy
Key Vocabulary Word 1 enormous

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Show me how big something enormous is.
1. One word in the selection is enormous. Say it (Children may use their arms to stretch out as
with me: enormous. Enormous means “very, far as possible to indicate very large.)
very big or huge.” A mountain is enormous. 6. I will name some things. If I say something
2. En español, enormous quiere decir “enorme, that is enormous, stretch your arms out
muy grande.” Una montaña es enorme. to show that it is enormous. If I say
something that is not enormous, do not do
3. Enormous in English and enorme in Spanish
anything: a building, the ocean, a mouse, a
hippopotamus, an orange, a train, a giant.
7. Now let’s say enormous together three more
times: enormous, enormous, enormous.
word enormous. The picture shows an
elephant. Elephants are bigger than any other
animals. They are enormous.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 fantasy

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the
1. Another word in the selection is fantasy. Say it word fantasy. In fantasy, animals can do
with me: fantasy. Fantasy means “something things they cannot really do. Look at this frog.
that cannot happen in real life.” Fantasy He is wearing a crown. In some stories, frogs
stories have things in them that are not real, wear crowns. But in real life, frogs do not
such as dragons. In many fantasy stories, wear crowns.
animals talk and wear clothes. These things do 4. In a fantasy, people can do things they cannot
not happen in real life. really do. For example, a girl might fly. A
2. En español, fantasy quiere decir “fantasía, boy might ride on the back of a fish. Draw
algo que no puede suceder en la vida real.” a picture of something that would be fun
Los cuentos de fantasía tienen personajes que for a child to do. Make your drawing show
no existen en la vida real, por ejemplo, los something a child cannot really do. Show
dragones. En muchos, los animales hablan y your fantasy drawing to your partner and talk
usan ropa. Esto no sucede en la vida real. about it.
3. Fantasy in English and fantasía in Spanish are 5. Tell your partner about a fantasy story you
cognates. They sound almost the same and have heard or a fantasy movie or television
mean the same thing in both languages. show you saw. Tell something that happened
that could not happen in real life.
6. Now let’s say fantasy together three more
times: fantasy, fantasy, fantasy.
262
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 gulp
Word 4 incredible
Key Vocabulary Word 3 gulp

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend that it is a very hot day. You are
1. One word in the selection is gulp. Say it taking a long walk up a big hill, and you are
with me: gulp. When you gulp, you drink very thirsty. Your friend gives you a bottle of
something fast in big swallows. You might water. Show me how you would gulp
gulp down a cool drink when you are very the water.
thirsty on a hot day. 5. I will name some things you can drink. If I
2. En español, to gulp quiere decir “tragar, beber name something you like, pretend to gulp it.
algo con tragos grandes.” Si tienes mucha sed, If I name something you do not like, pretend
bebes un vaso de agua con tragos grandes. to pour it out. (Turn your hand over as if you
are pouring something out.) Listen: milk, hot
sauce, water, lemon juice, lemonade, pickle
word gulp. The girl is very thirsty. She is
juice, grape juice.
drinking fast. The glass is almost empty.
She is gulping the water. 6. Now let’s say gulp together three more times:
gulp, gulp, gulp.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 incredible

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Your partner will say, “I saw a
1. Another word in the selection is incredible. on the way to school.” Your partner may
Say it with me: incredible. Incredible is name something a child really could see on
“something that does not seem like it can the way to school, such as a bus or a dog. But
be true.” If you told me you came to school your partner may name something a child
today in an airplane, I would say, “That is could not really see, such as a giraffe or a
incredible!” spaceship. You will say, “That’s incredible!”
only if your partner names something you
2. En español, incredible quiere decir “increíble,
would not usually see.
algo que apenas se puede creer.” Si me dices
que hoy llegaste a la escuela en avión, yo diría 6. We saw a picture of a dinosaur and said it
“¡Eso es increíble!” was incredible. Draw a picture of something
that would be incredible to see in our
3. Incredible in English and increíble in Spanish
neighborhood. Show your partner your
drawing, and tell why it is incredible.
7. Now let’s say incredible together three more
times: incredible, incredible, incredible.
word incredible. We see a picture that looks
like any outdoors place. It has trees and
bushes. But what else? There is a dinosaur!
That is incredible! There are no dinosaurs
alive today.
264
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © fotoshoot/Alamy Images. (b) © Elmer Frederick Fischer/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 reality
Key Vocabulary Word 5 reality

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Show me something a dog could do in reality.
1. One word in the selection is reality. Say it with (Examples include barking and eating.) Show
me: reality. Reality is what can really happen. me something a dog could not do in reality.
White snow is an example of reality. Pink (Examples include talking and reading a
snow is not real. book.)
2. En español, reality quiere decir “realidad, 6. I will say some things. If they are examples of
algo que realmente puede suceder.” La nieve reality, raise your hand. If they are not things
blanca existe en realidad. La nieve color de that could really happen, shake your head
rosa no existe. “no.” Listen: A fish swims in a lake. A bird
goes to school. A boy makes a spaceship and
3. Reality in English and realidad in Spanish are
goes to the moon. A woman helps a hurt cat.
A tiger learns to play baseball. A girl builds a
birdhouse.
7. Now let’s say reality together three more
word reality. The picture shows students
times: reality, reality, reality.
painting in art class. They are painting
something they can see that is real. They are
not painting something that is only in their
imagination. Their pictures show reality.
266
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 put out
Word 2 put on
Word 1 put out
1. In English, we use the phrase put out to tell 4. I am going to name some everyday actions.
about placing something where someone else When I tell about something that I put out,
will see it. Say it with me: put out. My mom say, “put out.” When I do not tell about
puts out breakfast food on the table for us something that I put out, do not say anything.
every morning. She sets juice, milk, cereal, and I place a snack on the table
some fruit for us to eat. I set a library book on the floor.
2. En español, to put out “sacar algo y colocarlo I hang my coat in the closet.
donde otro lo vea.” Mi mamá nos saca comida I put my clean clothes back in my dresser.
al desayuno y la coloca sobre la mesa todas las 5. Imagine that you are helping your mom and
mañanas. Coloca jugo, leche, cereal y frutas dad get ready for dinner. I will name some
para que comamos. things for you to take to the table. Tell me
3. This picture shows the phrase put out. These that you will place the items on the table
kids are gathering the recycling bins. They are using the words put out.
going to put them out so that the garbage I will plates and silverware.
collector will pick them up. I will napkins.
I will a basket of bread.
out, put out, put out.
Word 2 put on
1. In English, we use the phrase put on to tell 4. I am going to name some things that you do.
about clothing you set on your body. Say it When I name something that you put on, say
with me: put on. When it is raining outside, “put on.” When I tell about something that
you put on your rain boots and raincoat so you do not put on, do not say anything.
that you stay dry. When it is sunny and warm, a baseball cap
you put on a pair of shorts and a T-shirt. a new book
2. En español, to put on quiere decir “ponerse a basketball
una prenda de ropa.” Cuando está lloviendo, a jacket
te pones tus botas y tu impermeable. Cuando a pair of blue jeans
hace calor, te pones unos pantalones cortos y a glass of milk
una camiseta. 5. Now tell me about other things that you can
3. This picture shows the phrase put on. The put on. Think about the different seasons of
boy in the picture put on his jacket, mittens, the year, and tell me what you wear when it
and hat before he went outside to play in the is winter, spring, summer, and fall. For each
snow. season of the year, let’s think of three things
that we put on.
on, put on, put on.
268
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/PunchStock (b) © Comstock/Corbis
Basic Words
Unit 9 Week 3
computer, shelf, poster,
If the Dinosaurs Came Back
table, books, magazine
computer shelf poster
table books magazine
ROUTINE
269
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © IMS Communications Ltd./Capstone Design/FlatEarth Images. (tc) © Brian Tolbert/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (tr) © Digital Vision/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (bm) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (br) © MIXA/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 confused
Unit 10 Week 1 What Do You Know?
Word 2 describe
Key Vocabulary Word 1 confused

1. One word in the selection is confused. Say it word confused. Look at this boy. We can see
with me: confused. Confused means “feeling that he is confused. You can tell by looking at
mixed up or unsure.” Imagine that I said, his eyes. He looks unsure. People sometimes
“Take out blue paint. Now, draw a tree.” You scratch their heads when they are confused.
would be confused. You would be unsure why Maybe this boy is standing at a street corner,
I said to use blue paint since trees are not blue. and he doesn’t know which way to go to get
to his friend’s house.
2. En español, confused quiere decir
“confundido, que siente que no ha entendido 5. Tell your partner about a time when you were
bien o se ha equivocado.” Si yo digo, “Usa la confused.
pintura azul para pintar un árbol,” estarías 6. You and your partner will think of things a
confundido. No tiene sentido. No entenderías person can do when he or she is confused.
por qué dije que usaras la pintura azul si los Talk about ways a confused person can get
árboles no son azules. straightened out. (Examples include: Ask for
3. Confused in English and confundido in Spanish help. Read directions. Start over. Think about
are cognates. They sound almost the same what makes sense.)
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say confused together three more
times: confused, confused, confused.
Key Vocabulary
Word 2 describe
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Each of you will have a chance to choose a
1. Another word in the selection is describe. Say place in our classroom to stand. When it is
it with me: describe. To describe is “to tell your turn, you will describe the place for the
all about how something is.” To describe a rest of us.
banana, I would say it is long and has a yellow 6. Now we will play a game. I will describe
peel. When you unpeel a banana, you find a something to you. As soon as you know
long white fruit inside. what I am describing, raise your hand. I will
2. En español, to describe quiere decir “describir, keep describing until everyone knows. I am
decir cómo es una cosa.” Voy a describir un something you can ride on. I have one wheel
plátano: es largo con cáscara amarilla. Puedes in front and two wheels in back. You hold
pelar el plátano y comer la fruta larga que onto my handlebars as you ride me. (Use this
hay dentro. procedure to describe several items.)
3. To describe in English and describir in Spanish 7. Now let’s say describe together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: describe, describe, describe.
word describe. Look at the teacher. She is
telling a story to her class. She is describing
what the rabbit in the story looks like. She
says, “The rabbit has white fur and a pink
nose. His ears are very long. He hops fast.”
272
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Kids Child Baby/Alamy Images. (b) © BananaStock/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 insist
Word 4 texture
Key Vocabulary Word 3 insist

1. One word in the selection is insist. Say it with word insist. These men are part of a baseball
me: insist. To insist means “to tell somebody game. (Point to the umpire.) This man decides
something in a very strong way.” I insist that if what the players do is okay. (Point to the
you walk quietly when we have a fire drill. It is coach.) This man does not agree with the other
very important so I let you know you must do man. He insists that the other man is wrong.
what I say. 5. Pretend that there is one cookie left on a
2. En español, to insist quiere decir “insistir, plate. You want your partner to have it. Insist
decirle algo repetidamente a alguien para that your partner take the cookie. Use your
lograr lo que quieres.” Yo insisto en que voice, your face, and your body to show you
caminen en fila durante un simulacro de really mean it.
incendio. Es muy importante mantener el 6. Sometimes grown-ups insist that children do
orden. Por eso insisto que me hagan caso. certain things. For example, parents insist that
3. To insist in English and insistir in Spanish are children go to bed on time. Teachers insist
cognates. They sound almost the same and that children treat books with care. You and
mean the same thing in both languages. your partner will name other things adults
insist on to keep children safe and healthy.
7. Now let’s say insist together three more times:
insist, insist, insist.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 texture

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Find something in the classroom that has an
1. Another word in the selection is texture. Say interesting texture. Bring it back to me, and sit
it with me: texture. Texture is how smooth in a circle with your classmates. Hold up the
or rough something feels. Glass has a smooth item, and tell about its texture. We will pass it
texture. Cement has a rough texture. around so everyone can feel it.
2. En español, texture quiere decir “textura, la 6. I will name some things. If the thing I name
sensación que produce algo.” Una cosa puede has a smooth texture, clap your hands. If the
ser lisa o áspera. Por ejemplo, el vidrio tiene thing I name has a rough texture, tap your
una textura lisa. El concreto tiene una textura feet: a plate, a kitten’s fur, a tree trunk, sand,
áspera. a pine cone.
3. Texture in English and textura in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say texture together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: texture, texture, texture.
word texture. (Point to the rug.) This rug looks
furry. The baby is feeling the texture of the
rug. How do you think it would feel?
274
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Lawrence M Sawyer/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Dynamic Graphics Group/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 understand
Key Vocabulary Word 5 understand

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Think about something you understand
1. One word in the selection is understand. how to do. Explain to your partner what you
Say it with me: understand. To understand know how to do.
means “to know something and be able to 5. Talk with your partner about other things
explain what it means.” Everyone in our class people can do to show that they understand
understands what to do when I say, “Please something. (Examples include: They can tell
line up.” someone. They can show someone. They can
2. En español, to understand quiere decir draw a picture.)
“entender algo, poder explicar lo que 6. Now let’s say understand together three more
significa.” Todos en el salón me entienden times: understand, understand, understand.
cuando digo, “Por favor pónganse en fila.”
the word understand. The teacher asked
a question. The children are raising their
hands because they know the answer. They
understand what the teacher is asking them.
276
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Andersen Ross/Blend Images/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 the same as
Word 2 the opposite of

Word 1 the same as
1. In English, we use the phrase the same as to 4. I am going to describe a few pairs of things.
tell about things that are alike. Say it with me: When I tell about things that are the same
the same as. When two things are the same as as each other, say, “same as.” When I tell
each other, they look alike. about things that are not the same, do not say
2. En español, the same as quiere decir “se anything.
parecen.” Cuando dos cosas se parecen, se ven two red apples picked from the same tree
similares o casi iguales. an orange and a Clementine
3. This picture shows the phrase the same as. an oak tree and a maple tree
The boy is dressed the same as the girl. Both a boy with brown hair and brown eyes and a
are wearing yellow raincoats with hoods. boy with blond hair and blue eyes
two blue bicycles with yellow handlebars
5. Tell me about things in our classroom that are
the same. Look around the room, and think
about things that are the same. After you name
two things that are the same, tell me how they
are alike. Think about color, shape, and size.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: the
same as, the same as, the same as.
Word 2 the opposite of

1. In English, we use the phrase the opposite 4. I am going to name several pairs of words.
of to tell about things that are very different When I say words that are opposites, say
from each other. Say it with me: the opposite “opposites.” When I say two words that are
of. Big and small, up and down, and in and out not opposites, don’t say anything.
are all opposites. day and night
2. En español, the opposite of quiere decir “lo happy and sad
contrario, lo opuesto.” Grande es lo contrario easy and hard
de pequeño. Arriba es lo contrario de abajo. sunny and bright
Adentro es lo contrario de afuera. silly and funny
3. This picture shows the phrase the opposite of. black and white
The two sides of a penny are opposites. One 5. Now, I will say a word. I want you to think of
side shows President Abraham Lincoln, and the opposite of that word. When you think of
the other side shows the Lincoln Memorial in the opposite, raise your hand and tell me what
Washington, D.C. The side showing Lincoln the word is.
is called “heads,” and the side showing the hot
Lincoln Memorial is called “tails.” You can flip in
a coin to decide who takes the first turn when up
you play a game with a friend. day
black
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: the
opposite of, the opposite of, the opposite of.
278
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 10 Week 1
count, point, find,
What Do You Know?
mix, spy, show and tell
count point find
mix spy show and tell
ROUTINE
279
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (tc) © Purestock/PunchStock. (tr) © Corbis/age fotostock.
(bl) © FoodCollection/age fotostock. (bm) © Ole Graf/zefa/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (br) © Photos.com/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 create
Unit 10 Week 2 Warthogs Paint
Word 2 decorate
Key Vocabulary Word 1 create

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. I am going to play some music. I want you to
1. One word in the selection is create. Say it create a dance to go with the music. Use
with me: create. To create means “to make your own ideas. Don’t copy what your
something your own special way.” When you classmates do.
use paints or crayons to show your idea of 6. Now you will have a chance to create
how something looks, you create artwork. something with paints (or markers, crayons,
2. En español, to create quiere decir “crear, hacer or colored pencils). Create your idea of how
algo a tu manera.” Cuando usas pinturas it would look to be under the sea, looking at
para mostrar tu idea de cómo es algo, estás many beautiful fish.
creando arte. 7. Now let’s say create together three more
3. To create in English and crear in Spanish are times: create, create, create.
word create. The children create things with
clay. Everyone is doing something different.
Each child uses his or her own ideas.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 decorate

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Talk with your partner about ways we
1. Another word in the selection is decorate. Say decorate our room. What have we added to
it with me: decorate. To decorate is “to make make it bright and cheery?
something pretty or fancy.” We decorate 6. Pretend you are getting a new bedroom. Draw
packages by putting ribbons and bows a picture to show how you would decorate
on them. your room. Then show your partner, and tell
2. En español, to decorate quiere decir “decorar, him or her about your picture.
adornar algo para que sea vea bonito.” 7. Now let’s say decorate together three more
Decoramos los paquetes con moños y cintas. times: decorate, decorate, decorate.
3. To decorate in English and decorar in Spanish
word decorate. What does the woman in this
picture do? She decorates cakes. She uses
icing to make cakes pretty and fancy.
282
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jupiterimages/Polka Dot/Alamy Images. (b) © Michael Gatewood/PhotoSpin, Inc/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 design
Word 4 extraordinary
Key Vocabulary Word 3 design

1. One word in the selection is design. Say it with word design. The man in the picture designs
me: design. To design means “to use artistic clothing. First he draws sketches of what the
talent to plan something.” People who make clothing will look like. Then he cuts paper
cars have to design what a car will look like versions of the clothing. Next he cuts fabric to
before they can make it. match the paper outlines. In the final step, he
sews the pieces of fabric together.
2. En español, to design quiere decir “diseñar,
usar talento artístico para planear algo.” Las 5. Pretend that your job is to design bicycles.
personas que hacen carros primero tienen que Make a drawing to show a bicycle that you
diseñarlos. Primero tienen que hacer un dibujo think would be fun to ride. Show your partner.
para saber cómo lucirán y funcionarán. Talk about your design.
3. To design in English and diseñar in Spanish are 6. Talk with your partner about a piece of
cognates. They sound almost the same and furniture in our classroom. Someone designed
mean the same thing in both languages. the furniture. Think about why the person
made it look the way it does. Tell your partner
whether you think the person who designed it
did a good job. Tell why or why not.
7. Now let’s say design together three more
times: design, design, design.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 extraordinary

1. Another word in the selection is extraordinary. word extraordinary. This picture shows an
Say it with me: extraordinary. Extraordinary extraordinary rainbow. Rainbows are special
means “very wonderful and different from because we don’t see them often. This
other things.” It would be extraordinary if rainbow is big, bright, and beautiful.
someone came into our classroom and gave 5. Tell your partner some things you have
every child a stack of brand new storybooks. seen that are extraordinary. Maybe it was
2. En español, extraordinary quiere decir something in nature. Maybe it was something
“extraordinario, maravilloso; algo muy distinto that someone did. Show your partner how
a otras cosas que existen.” Sería extraordinario your face would look if you saw something
que alguien llegara a nuestro salón con extraordinary.
un montón de cuentos nuevos para cada 6. Tell your partner about something
estudiante. extraordinary that you would like to do. Tell
3. Extraordinary in English and extraordinario your partner why it would be extraordinary.
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say extraordinary together three
the same and mean the same thing in both more times: extraordinary, extraordinary,
languages. extraordinary.
284
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Richard Ransier/Corbis. (b) © Iconotec/Fotosearch Stock Photography.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 imagine
Key Vocabulary Word 5 imagine

1. One word in the selection is imagine. Say word imagine. The boy is playing with dinosaurs.
it with me: imagine. To imagine means “to The dinosaurs are just toys, but he imagines
make a picture in your mind of something they are real. He moves them around and
that is not really there.” I can imagine that imagines they are walking. He makes sounds
I am at the beach on a summer day. I can and imagines the dinosaurs are roaring.
imagine that I feel the hot sun. I can imagine 5. Imagine that we are walking in the woods.
that I see the water. I can imagine that I hear (Lead children in walking around the
the waves crash. classroom.) Imagine that you see a beautiful
2. En español, to imagine quiere decir “imaginar, bird. Point to it. Imagine that you see a pretty
formar una imagen en la mente.” Voy a cerrar leaf on the ground. Bend down to pick it up.
los ojos e imaginar que estoy en la playa en un (Continue to lead children in imagining.)
día de verano. Puedo imaginar el calor del sol. 6. Each of you will have a chance to imagine
Puedo imaginar el agua. Puedo imaginar el being an animal. Act the way the animal
sonido de las olas. would act. We will guess what animal you are
3. To imagine in English and imaginar in Spanish imagining.
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now say imagine three more times with me:
and mean the same thing in both languages. imagine, imagine, imagine.
286
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Sean Justice/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 run up
Word 2 mop up
Word 1 run up
1. In English, we use the phrase run up to 4. I am going to describe several actions. When
describe the way you quickly go up or climb I tell about someone who runs up, I want you
something. Say it with me: run up. You can to raise your hands. When I do not tell about
run up a set of stairs. You can also run up a hill someone who is running up, keep your hands
or a mountain. in your laps.
2. En español, to run up quiere decir “subir algo a girl dashes to the top of a hill
rápidamente, subir corriendo por.” Puedes a dog chases a squirrel
subir las escaleras corriendo. También puedes a boy races up the stairs in his house
subir corriendo una colina o una montaña. a cat pounces on a squeaky toy
3. This picture shows the phrase run up. The two friends jog to the top of a mountain
boy is running up the stairs at his school. He 5. I am going to read some sentences. If I use
is in a hurry because he wants to get to his the words run up correctly, then raise your
classroom before the bell rings. He knows hands. If I do not use the words run up
that if he does not run up the stairs, he may correctly, keep your hands down.
be late for school. I watched the dog run up the hill.
My brother can run up the swimming pool.
Please run up to the playground outside our
classroom.
My cat loves to run up the tree behind my house.
Our goldfish can run up to the top of the bowl.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: run
up, run up, run up.
Word 2 mop up
1. In English, we use the phrase mop up to tell 4. I am going to name some things that people
how we clean up after a spill. Say it with me: drop. When I name something that you
mop up. When the kitchen floor gets dirty, would mop up, stand up and pretend to hold
your mother or father mops up the floor. a mop. When I name something that you
When you get bigger, you will help mop up cannot mop up, do not stand.
the floor at your house. two eggs that are uncooked
2. En español, to mop up quiere decir “limpiar a magazine
algo que se ha derramado, trapear.” Cuando a cup of orange juice
el piso de la cocina está sucio, tu madre o tu a basket of clean laundry
padre lo trapea. Cuando seas más grande, a pack of gum
ayudarás a trapear el piso de tu casa. a jar of pickles
3. This picture shows the phrase mop up. The 5. Help me finish these sentences.
man is mopping up the floor. He uses a mop After the glass slipped out of my hands, I had
and a bucket filled with soapy water. After he to the spill.
mops up, the floor will be clean and shiny. When the kitchen floor is dirty, we stop what
we are doing and .
My mom had to the water in
our basement after a heavy rainstorm.
I dropped my bowl of cereal this morning, and
then I had to the mess.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: mop
up, mop up, mop up
288
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Little Blue Wolf Productions/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (b) © Reed Kaestner/Royalty-Free/Corbis.
Basic Words
Unit 10 Week 2
red, yellow, orange,
Warthogs Paint
blue, green, purple
red yellow orange
blue green purple
ROUTINE
289
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Burke/Triolo Productions/Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © Photographer’s Choice/Getty/PunchStock. (tr) © © Keith Leighton/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Diane Macdonald/Photographer’s Choice RF/Getty Images. (bm) © Jupiterimages/Image Source Black/Jupiterimages. (br) © Simon Colmer and Abby Rex/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 consider
Unit 10 Week 3 Turtle Splash!
Word 2 curious
Key Vocabulary Word 1 consider

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend you just picked up a book. You are
1. One word in the selection is consider. Say it going to decide whether to read it. Tell your
with me: consider. To consider means “to partner what you would consider to help you
think carefully about something.” When I buy decide.
gifts for people, I consider what they 6. Pretend that there is a new child in our class.
might like. He or she wants to play with you and your
2. En español, to consider quiere decir friends. Talk with your partner about how you
“considerar, reflexionar sobre una cosa con would consider the feelings of a new child.
mucha atención.” Cuando compro un regalo, 7. Now let’s say consider together three more
considero la personalidad de la persona. times: consider, consider, consider.
3. To consider in English and considerar in
languages.
word consider. The children play a game
called chess. Look at this boy. (Point to the
boy on the left.) It is his turn. He thinks
carefully. He considers what to do next.
Key Vocabulary Word 2 curious

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner about an animal that you are
1. Another word in the selection is curious. Say it curious about. Tell what you want to know
with me: curious. When you are curious, you about the animal.
are interested in knowing about things. I am 6. When we are curious, we want to know more
curious about the moon. I want to know more about something. Talk with your partner
about what is on the moon. about what we can we do to learn more when
2. En español, curious quiere decir “curioso, con we are curious. (Examples include: read,
ganas de saber más.” Soy curioso con respecto ask, observe)
a la luna. Quisiera saber más. 7. Now let’s say curious together three more
3. Curious in English and curioso in Spanish are times: curious, curious, curious.
word curious. The girl watches some animals.
She wonders about them. She wants to learn
about them. The girl is curious.
292
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Con Tanasiuk/Design Pics/Corbis. (b) © Bananastock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 explore
Word 4 final
Key Vocabulary Word 3 explore

Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows
1. One word in the selection is explore. Say it the word explore. See the little girl. She is
with me: explore. To explore means “to go exploring at the beach. She has something
to a place and find out about it.” When my in her pail. It might be a shell. She wants to
family goes on vacation, we walk and drive in find out more about what is in the pail.
new places. We look, listen, touch, smell, and 5. I will name some places. If they are places you
taste things. We explore the new place. would like to explore, raise your hand. If you
2. En español, to explore quiere decir “explorar, would not like to explore the place, do not
ir a un lugar para investigarlo.” Cuando mi do anything: a park, a dark basement, an old
familia y yo vamos de vacaciones, caminamos house, a beach, a garden. I will call on some
dondequiera. Miramos, escuchamos, tocamos, children to tell us why they would or would
olemos y probamos. Exploramos el nuevo lugar. not like to explore each place.
3. To explore in English and explorar in Spanish 6. Choose a place in our classroom that you
are cognates. They sound almost the same would like to explore. I will give you a few
and mean the same thing in both languages. minutes to explore the place. Look at it very
carefully. Then tell us what you found as
you explored.
7. Now let’s say explore together three more
times: explore, explore, explore.
Key Vocabulary Word 4 final

Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Listen as I tell you some things to do. Then
1. Another word in the selection is final. Say it please do them. Pat your head. Tap your toe.
with me: final. Final means “the last or end of Wave your hand. (Pause after each direction,
something.” Think about when we line up to and allow children to carry it out.) What is the
go somewhere as a class. Think about the last final thing I asked you to do? (Repeat with a
person in line. That is the final person in couple of other series of directions.)
our line. 6. Watch as I put some things in a bag. (One by
2. En español, final quiere decir “final, lo último.” one, place several classroom items, such as
Imaginen que nos vamos a formar en fila. a marker, a book, a sheet of paper in a bag.)
Piensen en la última persona de la fila. Ese What was the final thing I put in the bag?
niño está al final de la fila. (Repeat a few times with other items.)
3. Final in English and final in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say final together three more times:
cognates. They sound almost the same and final, final, final.
word final. The sun is setting in this picture.
When does this happen? It happens at the
end of the day. It is the final thing that
happens before day stops and night begins.
294
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Purestock/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 splendid
Key Vocabulary Word 5 splendid

Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner about something splendid
1. One word in the selection is splendid. Say you have seen in nature. Tell why you thought
it with me: splendid. Splendid means “very it was splendid.
beautiful or special.” I love flowers. They are 6. Draw a picture of a splendid meal. Be sure
so beautiful. There are so many wonderful your drawing has some wonderful foods. Be
kinds. I think flowers are splendid. sure they look beautiful. You and your partner
2. En español, splendid quiere decir “espléndido, will share and talk about your splendid meal.
muy bello o especial.” Me encantan las flores. 7. Now let’s say splendid together three more
Son bellas, y hay tantas variedades. Creo que times: splendid, splendid, splendid.
las flores son espléndidas.
3. Splendid in English and espléndido in Spanish
word splendid. These children painted all the
pictures that are hanging on the wall behind
them. The colors are so bright and cheerful.
These are splendid paintings!
296
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/Fotosearch Stock Photography.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 now
Word 2 then
Word 1 now
1. In English, we use the word now to describe 5. I am going to tell about some more things
the present time. Say it with me: now. Now that you do here at Kindergarten. When I
you are sitting with me learning new words. pause, help me finish the sentence by using
Later, when school ends, you will go home. the word now.
2. En español, now quiere decir “ahora, en I want to give you a snack so
este momento.” Ahora están aquí conmigo that you will not be hungry.
aprendiendo nuevas palabras. Luego, cuando Let’s go outside since the sun
terminen las clases, se irán a casa. is shining brightly.
3. This picture shows the word now. The We will read a big book and
gardener is going to plant the seeds now. then later, you can choose a book to take
Later on, after the seeds take root, they will home with you.
grow into beautiful flowers.
It is time to get ready to
4. I am going to tell about things that you do go home, so please find your coats and
during the day. When I mention something backpacks.
that you do at Kindergarten, say, “now.”
When I tell about something that you do at 6. Repeat the word three times with me: now,
home, do not say anything. now, now.
get ready for school
play on our playground
have snack in our classroom
watch television
eat dinner
go to gym class
Word 2 then
1. In English, we use the word then to talk about 4. I am going to say some sentences aloud. Each
a later time. Say it with me: then. In the sentence will contain a missing word. When
morning, you wake up and get dressed. Then I pause for the missing word, tell me if the
you eat your breakfast, and then you go to missing word is the word then.
school. First I take out my lunch, and (pause) I eat it.
2. En español, then quiere decir “después, luego, Now you are at school, and (pause) you go
en un momento más tarde.” En la mañana te home.
despiertas y te vistes. Después desayunas y Today we go to the library, and (pause) you
después te vas a la escuela. will read your new books.
3. This picture shows the word then. The seeds Now we eat snack, and (pause) we will eat lunch.
that were planted have grown into a small 5. Make up your own sentence using the word
plant. The plant is called a seedling. First there then. Think of something that you do in two
were seeds, and then there was a plant! steps. Share your sentences with the rest of
the group. Start your sentence with the word
first, and use the word then in the middle of
your sentence.
6. Repeat the word three times with me: then,
then, then.
298
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Emilio Ereza/Pixtal/age fotostock. (b) © Siede Preis/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 10 Week 3
chirp, flutter, swirl,
Turtle Splash!
slide, rustle, buzz
chirp flutter swirl
slide rustle buzz
ROUTINE
299
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Design Pics/PunchStock. (tc) © Dean Uhlinger/Royalty-Free/Corbis. (tr) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
(bl) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (bm) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock. (br) © John Foxx/Stockbyte/Getty Images.
Contents
English Language Development
Unit 1 Unit 6
Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................301 Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................361
Content Words ......................................................................303 Content Words ......................................................................363
Content Words ...................................................................... 311 Content Words ......................................................................371
Unit 2 Unit 7
Week 2 ELD Vocabulary ..................................................................... 317 Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................377
Unit 3 Unit 8
Unit 4 Unit 9
Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................345 Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 405
Unit 5 Unit 10
Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................349 Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 409
Content Words ......................................................................351 Content Words ...................................................................... 411
Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................353 Week 2 ELD Vocabulary ..................................................................... 413
Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................357 Week 3 ELD Vocabulary ..................................................................... 417
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 movements
Unit 1 Week 1 We
Word 2 together
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 movements
Unit 1 Week 1 We

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s play Simon Says. If I say, “Simon Says”
1. One word in the selection is movements. Say it before a direction, do the movement. If
with me: movements. Movements are actions. I don’t say, “Simon Says,” don’t do the
When I wave, jump, or nod, I am making movement.
movements. Simon says do this movement. Run in place.
2. En español, movements quiere decir “las Simon says do this movement. Blink your eyes.
acciones que hacemos, movimientos.” Cuando Do this movement. Clap your hands.
saludo, salto o escribo algo estoy haciendo (Continue with similar directions.)
movimientos. 6. Stand facing a partner. You and your partner
3. Movements in English and movimientos in will take turns making movements. Copy the
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost movement your partner does. For example,
the same and mean the same thing in both if your partner hops on one foot, you hop on
languages. one foot.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows 7. Now let’s say movements together three more
the word movements. The children in the times: movements, movements, movements.
picture are doing different movements with
their arms. Some are tossing a ball. Some
are catching a ball. They are also doing
movements with their legs, such as stepping.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 together

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw something you like to do alone. Draw
1. Another word in the selection is together. Say something you like to do together with a
it with me: together. Together means “with friend. Show your partner. Tell your partner
someone else.” When you are in the same about your picture.
room with another person, you are in the 5. Sometimes I ask you to work by yourself.
room together. Sometimes I ask you to work with a partner.
2. En español, together quiere decir “con otra Talk with your partner about some things
persona, no solo; junto.” Cuando estás en el you do together with other children in our
mismo salón que otra persona, están en el classroom.
mismo salón juntos. 6. Now let’s say together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the together, together, together.
word together. See the two children sitting
side-by-side on a couch. They are both reading
the same book. They are reading the book
together.
302
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Lars Niki/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Greatstock Photographic Library/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 1 A Favorite Season
winter, spring, summer, fall
winter spring
summer fall
ROUTINE
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During
303
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Masterfile. (tr) © Blend Images/PunchStock.
(bl) © Purestock/PunchStock. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 ingredients
Unit 1 Week 2 The Family
Word 2 sniff
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 ingredients
Unit 1 Week 2 The Family

1. One word in the selection is ingredients. word ingredients. The cook in the picture is
Say it with me: ingredients. Ingredients are making a stew. We see the ingredients on
things we mix together to make a food. The the table. Some of the ingredients are meat,
ingredients for a peanut butter and jelly carrots, and onions. (Point to each as you
sandwich are peanut butter, jelly, and bread. name it.)
2. En español, ingredients quiere decir 5. Think about a food you or someone in your
“ingredientes.” Los ingredientes son las family makes. Draw the ingredients. Show
cosas que mezclamos para hacer comida. your drawing to your partner and name the
Los ingredientes para un emparedado de ingredients.
mantequilla de maní y mermelada son 6. You and your partner will pretend to make
mantequilla de maní, mermelada y dos lunch. Decide what you want to eat. Name the
torrejas de pan. ingredients you will use. Then act out using
3. Ingredients in English and ingredientes in the ingredients to make lunch together.
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say ingredients together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: ingredients, ingredients, ingredients.
languages.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 sniff

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. I will name things people sniff. Sniff and
1. Another word in the selection is sniff. Say it then show me with your face if what you are
with me: sniff. Sniff means “to use your nose pretending to sniff smells good or bad.
to smell something.” Watch as I sniff this Sniff a flower.
(flower, apple, or other item). Show me how Sniff smoke.
you sniff. Sniff a wet dog.
2. En español, to sniff quiere decir “usar tu nariz Sniff a hamburger.
para oler algo, olfatear.” Miren mientras (Continue with other smells. Allow children to
olfateo esta (flor, manzana u otro objeto.) make suggestions, too.)
Muéstrenme cómo olfatean ustedes. 5. Sing with me. (Sing to the tune of “If You’re
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the Happy and You Know It.”) If you smell
word sniff. The man smells the fruit. He sniffs something good, take a big sniff (sniff, sniff).
it to see if it smells good to eat. If you smell something good, take a big sniff
(sniff, sniff). If you smell something good,
then sniff it like you should. If you smell
something good, take a big sniff (sniff, sniff).
6. Now let’s say sniff together three more times:
sniff, sniff, sniff.
306
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Michael Lamotte/Cole Group/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Corbis/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 2 People and Places
environment,
forest,valley, beach
environment forest
valley beach
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: valle.
307
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Tom Brakefield/Getty Images. (tr) © Image Plan/Corbis.
(bl) © Glen Allison/Getty Images. (br) © Charles Smith/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 devour
Unit 1 Week 3 Growing Up
Word 2 appetite
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 devour
Unit 1 Week 3 Growing Up

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. I will name some foods. If I name something
1. One word in the selection is devour. Say you would like to devour, act out eating fast.
it with me: devour. To devour means “to If I name something you would not like to
eat something fast because you are really devour, do nothing.
hungry.” After you run and play, you devour an apple
your meal. a cheese sandwich
2. En español, to devour quiere decir “comer spinach
algo rápidamente porque tenías mucha carrot sticks
hambre, devorar.” Después de correr y jugar, pudding
devoras tu comida. 5. People are not the only ones who devour
3. To devour in English and devorar in Spanish food. Animals do, too. Pretend to be a hungry
are cognates. They sound almost the same dog. Show me how you would devour your
and mean the same thing in both languages. bowl of food.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the 6. Now let’s say devour together three more
word devour. He is very hungry. He also really times: devour, devour, devour.
likes watermelon. The boy takes big bites and
eats fast. He devours the watermelon.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 appetite

1. Another word in the selection is appetite. Say word appetite. Look at all the tasty food on
it with me: appetite. When you have a good the table. The food makes the girl and her
appetite, you’re hungry and you want to mother hungry. They want to eat the food.
eat. Sometimes you have an appetite for one Looking at all that good food gives them an
special thing. I have an appetite for apples. appetite.
They are my favorite fruit to eat after school. 5. We looked at a picture of food on a table.
2. En español, appetite quiere decir “ganas de Now, you will draw a table full of foods
comer, apetito.” Cuando tienes buen apetito, you like. Draw foods that give you a good
tienes hambre y quieres comer. A veces sientes appetite. Then share your drawing with your
apetito por algo en particular. Me apetecen partner. See if you both have an appetite for
las manzanas. Es mi fruta preferida y la como some of the same foods.
después de clases. 6. Think about times of the day when you get
3. Appetite in English and apetito in Spanish are very hungry. Tell your partner times when you
cognates. They sound almost the same and have a good appetite.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say appetite together three more
times: appetite, appetite, appetite.
310
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © RuberBall/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 3 Night Animals
mammal, hair, bird, eggs
mammal hair
bird eggs
ROUTINE
311
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock. (tr) © Siede Preis/Getty Images.
(bl) © Nature Picture Library/Alamy Images. (br) © Jane Sapinsky/Purestock/SuperStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 delighted
Unit 2 Week 1 The Playground
Word 2 construct
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 delighted
Unit 2 Week 1 The Playground

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Draw a picture to show something you could
1. One word in the selection is delighted. Say it do to make someone in your family feel
with me: delighted. Delighted means “very delighted. Share and talk about your picture
pleased or happy.” I am delighted when you with your partner.
do a good job with your schoolwork. 5. Think about something that makes you feel
2. En español, delighted quiere decir “muy delighted. Tell your partner what makes you
agradado, muy contento.” Me siento feel delighted. Show how your face and body
agradado cuando hacen sus tareas bien. look when you are delighted.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the 6. Now let’s say delighted together three more
word delighted. The girl is smiling. Her eyes times: delighted, delighted, delighted.
look happy. Her body looks happy. Someone
did something to make her feel delighted.
Maybe someone said something nice to her.
Maybe someone gave her a gift.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 construct

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. I will give each of you some materials.
1. Another word in the selection is construct. Say Construct something with the materials.
it with me: construct. To construct means “to Then you will show and tell us what you
make or build something.” Workers construct constructed. (Hand out simple materials such
houses. They make walls outside. They build as paper, paste, and crayons.)
rooms inside. They put on a roof. 6. Each of you will have a chance to answer
2. En español, to construct quiere decir “hacer this question: What should we construct?
o armar algo, construir.” Los albañiles When you give us an answer, we will act out
construyen casas. Hacen las paredes de afuera. constructing what you say. (Lead children in
Adentro, hacen los cuartos. Luego le colocan doing actions such as sawing, hammering, and
el techo. painting as they pretend to construct what
individual children suggest.)
3. To construct in English and construir in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say construct together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: construct, construct, construct.
languages.
the word construct. The child constructs
something. She plans. Then she gathers
materials. She puts the materials together to
make something new.
314
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Fancy/Veer. (b) © Index Stock/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 1 Rules Are Important
rules, safe, healthy, hurt
rules safe
healthy hurt
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: reglas.
315
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (tr) © SW Productions/Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © image100/Corbis. (br) © Dex Image/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 nibble
Unit 2 Week 2 We Like It
Word 2 divide
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 nibble
Unit 2 Week 2 We Like It

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend to be animals nibbling food.
1. One word in the selection is nibble. Say it Pretend to be a squirrel nibbling an acorn.
with me: nibble. Nibble means “to take small Pretend to be a bird nibbling seeds. (Continue
bites.” I like to make my cookie last a long with similar directions.)
time. I do not take big bites. I just nibble little 5. Sometimes, people nibble a food that is new
bites of my cookie. to them. They take tiny bites to see if they like
2. En español, to nibble quiere decir “tomar the food. I will name some foods. If I name a
mordiscos pequeños de algo, mordisquear, food you have not had, say “nibble” and show
picar.” Me gusta que me dure bastante mi me how you would take tiny bites to try it. If
galleta. No le doy mordiscos grandes. Sólo I name a food you know you like, do not do
mordisqueo bocaditos pequeños de la galleta. anything.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the pizza
word nibble. The girl is eating. Look at the zucchini
corner of her food. (Point to edge with the kiwi fruit
tiny bite mark.) She has taken a tiny bite out applesauce
of it. She doesn’t eat it fast. She just nibbles broccoli
the food. 6. Now let’s say nibble together three more
times: nibble, nibble, nibble.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 divide

1. Another word in the selection is divide. Say word divide. Look at the road. (Point to the
it with me: divide. To divide means “to cut lines.) These lines divide the road into two
or split into parts.” Pretend we are going to parts. Cars can go this way on this side. (Run
share a pie. I would have to divide it into your finger up the right lane.) Cars go this
pieces so everyone could have some. way on this side. (Run your finger down the
left lane.)
2. En español, to divide quiere decir “cortar
o separar algo en varias partes, dividir.” 5. (Hand out or have children get out a sheet of
Imaginen que vamos a compartir un pastel. paper.) You have a piece of paper. Draw a line
Tendría que dividirlo en muchos pedazos para to divide the paper into two parts. (Model as
que todos pudieramos comer. you give the direction.)
3. To divide in English and dividir in Spanish are 6. Sometimes we break things to divide them.
cognates. They sound almost the same and Let’s pretend to divide a candy bar. (Act out
mean the same thing in both languages. breaking with children.) Sometimes we count
out pieces to divide something. Let’s pretend
to divide raisins into two piles. (Act out
counting out one for you, one for me.)
7. Now let’s say divide together three more
times: divide, divide, divide.
318
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © ImageDJ/Alamy Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 2 Helping Hands
community, harbor,
hospital, airport
community harbor
hospital airport
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: comunidad, hospital, aeropuerto.
319
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (tr) © Author’s Image/PunchStock.
(bl) © Dennis MacDonald/Alamy Images. (br) © PhotoLink/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 display
Unit 2 Week 3 Painting
Word 2 talented
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 display
Unit 2 Week 3 Painting

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. I want you and your partner to find a display
1. One word in the selection is display. Say it in our classroom. Go stand by the display. I
with me: display. A display is a group of things will give you and your partner a chance to tell
put out for others to see. When I hang up about the display. (For example, children may
your work, I make a display of your work. identify displays of books, children’s artwork,
and so on.)
2. En español, display quiere decir “un arreglo de
cosas que se colocan para que otras personas 5. Choose a few things from our classroom.
lo vean, una exposición.”Cuando cuelgo Make a display. Then you will tell your
sus trabajos en el salón estoy creando una classmates what is in your display.
exposición de su trabajo. 6. Now let’s say display together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the times: display, display, display.
word display. We see lots of beautiful things.
The people who made the things put them
out for everyone to see. This is a display of
their work.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 talented

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Think about a person you know who is
1. Another word in the selection is talented. Say talented. Tell your partner who the person is.
it with me: talented. Talented means “able to Explain why you think the person is talented.
do something special.” People who can sing 6. Think of a way you are talented. Maybe you
and dance are talented. are good at a game. Maybe you can build
2. En español, talented quiere decir “que puede something. Maybe you are good at helping
hacer algo especial, talentoso.” Las personas people. Draw a picture that shows how you
que pueden bailar o cantar muy bien son are talented. Share your picture with your
talentosas. partner and talk about it.
3. Talented in English and talentoso in Spanish 7. Now let’s say talented together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: talented, talented, talented.
word talented. The girl is painting a picture.
She is doing a good job. The picture is pretty.
The girl is a talented artist.
322
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © 998 Copyright IMS Communications Ltd./Capstone Design/FlatEarth Images. (b) © Mark Karrass/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 3 What Is Matter?
matter, length, weight, mass
matter length
weight mass
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: materia, masa.
323
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockbroker/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (tr) © Ford Smith/Corbis.
(bl) © PhotoLink/Getty Images. (br) © Iconotec/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 journey
Unit 3 Week 1 Tiger Can See
Word 2 adventure
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 journey
Unit 3 Week 1 Tiger Can See

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a journey you have
1. One word in the selection is journey. Say it taken. If you have never taken a long trip, tell
with me: journey. A journey is a trip from one your partner about a journey you would like
place to another. A journey is usually a long to take.
trip. People often need to go by airplane, 5. Pretend you and your partner are going to
train, or ship to take a journey. take a journey. Decide on a far away place
2. En español, journey quiere decir “un viaje de you both would like to visit. Talk with your
un lugar a otro.” Normalmente un viaje es partner about your journey. How would you
largo. Las personas casi siempre necesitan get there? What would you take? What would
tomar un avión, tren o barco para ir de viaje. you do on your journey?
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the 6. Now let’s say journey together three more
word journey. The people on this train are on times: journey, journey, journey.
a journey. They got on the train near their
home. They will ride on the train for a long
time. Then they will get off and visit a place
far from their home.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 adventure

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s pretend we are on an adventure. We will
1. Another word in the selection is adventure. pretend to see some exciting things. (Lead
Say it with me: adventure. An adventure children in walking around the classroom
is something special a person does that is or playground pretending they are seeing
exciting. It would be an adventure to swim exciting things.) Oh, look, there is an alligator!
with dolphins. It would be an adventure to Don’t get too close. Be careful. Now we have
ride on a camel. to cross this stream. The water is fast. Don’t
fall in. (Continue with other comments.)
2. En español, adventure quiere decir “un hecho
especial o emocionante, una aventura.” Sería 6. I will name some things people can do. If
una aventura nadar con delfines. Sería una I say something that is an adventure, say,
aventura montar a camello. “adventure.” If I say something that is not an
adventure, shake your head.
3. Adventure in English and aventura in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same riding in a hot air balloon
and mean the same thing in both languages. going to a supermarket
seeing a car on the street
seeing a bear in the woods
word adventure. The people in the green truck
are on an adventure. They are somewhere 7. Now let’s say adventure together more times:
in Africa. They are seeing wild animals. The adventure, adventure, adventure.
animals are very close to them. What an
exciting thing to see!
326
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Charles Smith/Corbis. (b) © Jeremy Woodhouse/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 1 Things Change
past, today, then, now
past today
then now
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: pasado.
327
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Philip Coblentz/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (tr) © C. McIntyre/PhotoLink/Getty Images.
(bl) © Ken Karp/McGraw-Hill Companies. (br) © Brooke Fasani/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 launched
Unit 3 Week 2 It Can Go
Word 2 soaring
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 launched
Unit 3 Week 2 It Can Go

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. You will pretend your arm is a rocket.
1. One word in the selection is launched. Say it (Demonstrate positioning your arm so it is
with me: launched. Launched means “sent a vertical in the air and in front of your body.)
rocket into the air or a boat into the water.” Your partner will say, “Ready, set, go!”
When people go into space, they are launched You will launch your rocket. (Demonstrate
in a rocket called a shuttle. shooting your arm straight up in the air.)
2. En español, to launch quiere decir “empujar 5. Look at the picture that shows launched
un cohete al aire o un barco al agua, again. Talk with your partner about what
lanzar.” Cuando las personas van al espacio, you see in the picture. What is it like when a
son lanzadas en un cohete llamado un rocket is launched? Do you think it is loud? Do
transbordador espacial. you think it is hot? Do you think it is fast? Do
you think you would like to see when a rocket
is launched? Why or why not?
word launched. We see the rocket going up
into the air. People on the ground launched 6. Now let’s say launched together three more
the rocket so it could fly into space. times: launched, launched, launched.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 soaring

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend our arms are wings. We will
1. Another word in the selection is soaring. Say pretend to be birds soaring in the sky. (Lead
it with me: soaring. Soaring means “flying children in moving around the classroom to
high.” We can see airplanes soaring in the sky. simulate soaring.)
2. En español, to soar quiere decir “volar alto.” 5. Let’s make a paper airplane. (Fold a simple
Podemos ver aviones volando alto en el cielo. paper airplane.) Each of you will take a turn
making the airplane soar through the air.
Then you will tell me what the airplane is
word soaring. Look at the bird. It is flying
doing. (The airplane is soaring.)
high. The bird makes it look easy to fly. It is
soaring. 6. Now let’s say soaring together three more
times: soaring, soaring, soaring.
330
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © NASA/Getty Images. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 2 Land High and Low
mountain,
desert, canyon, river
mountain desert
canyon river
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: montaña, desierto, cañón, río.
331
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Russell Illig/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © image100/Corbis.
(bl) © Robert Glusic/Getty Images. (br) © Jupiterimages/Creatas/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 transportation
Unit 3 Week 3 Go Pig!
Word 2 vehicle
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 transportation
Unit 3 Week 3 Go Pig!

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. I will act out kinds of transportation. You
1. One word in the selection is transportation. will tell me what kind of transportation I am
Say it with me: transportation. Transportation acting out. You will complete this sentence:
means “a way of carrying people or things That kind of transportation is . (Use
from one place to another.” An example of your arms as wings and pretend to be a plane.
transportation is a school bus taking children Act out rowing. Role-play steering a car.
from home to school. Demonstrate walking. Pretend to skate.)
2. En español, transportation quiere decir “la 6. We will sing about different kinds of
manera de mover personas o cosas de un lugar transportation. Sing with me: The wheels
a otro, transporte.” Un ejemplo de transporte on the bus go round and round, round and
es un bus escolar llevando a niños de sus casas round, round and round. The wheels on the
a la escuela. bus go round and round, all through the town.
(Repeat changing the words for other kinds of
3. Transportation in English and transporte in
transportation, such as The wings of the plane
go up and down…all across the sky.)
languages. 7. Now let’s say transportation together three
more times: transportation, transportation,
transportation.
word transportation. The picture shows two
kinds of transportation. We see trucks. They
carry things from one place to another. We
see a car. It carries people from one place
to another.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 vehicle

1. Another word in the selection is vehicle. Say word vehicle. This picture shows one kind of
it with me: vehicle. A vehicle is something vehicle. This vehicle is called a streetcar. It
people use to move things or people. We carries people from one place to another. It
said that transportation is moving things or is a kind of public transportation. A streetcar
people. A vehicle is what we use to move can move lots of people at one time.
things or people. Buses, trains, ships, and 5. Draw a vehicle that you think would be fun to
planes are vehicles. ride in. Show your picture to your partner and
2. En español, vehicle quiere decir “algo que tell him or her why you like that vehicle.
se usa para mover a personas o cosas, un 6. Make a chart with your partner. (Provide
vehículo.” Dijimos que transporte es la manera a model of a three-column chart.) In one
de mover a personas o cosas. Un vehículo es column, write words or draw pictures to show
lo que usamos para moverlas. Los buses, los vehicles that go on land. In another column,
trenes y los aviones son vehículos. write or draw vehicles that go on water. In the
3. Vehicle in English and vehículo in Spanish are last column, write or draw vehicles that go in
cognates. They sound almost the same and the air.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say vehicle together three more
times: vehicle, vehicle, vehicle.
334
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Reed Kaestner/Corbis. (b) © John Flournoy/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 3 Signs in the Park
sign, symbol, map, key
sign symbol
Boylston St. P
Vine St.
Library Ave.
Tremont St.
Herald St.
H
Newton St. P Parking
H Hospital
Church St.
Church
map key
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: símbolo, mapa.
335
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © L. Clarke/Corbis. (tr) © fStop/PunchStock.
(bl) © imageshop/PunchStock. (br) © McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 harvest
Unit 4 Week 1 Food
Word 2 hoist
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 harvest
Unit 4 Week 1 Food

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend to harvest some foods. Say
1. One word in the selection is harvest. Say it what I say. Do what I do. We will harvest
with me: harvest. To harvest means “to gather strawberries. (Crouch low and act out picking
food from plants.” People harvest apples strawberries from plants.) We will harvest
by picking them off of trees. People harvest oranges. (Stretch up and act out picking
potatoes by digging them out of the ground. oranges from a tree. Continue with other
foods.)
2. En español, harvest quiere decir “recoger
el fruto de las plantas, cosechar.” Se 5. Let’s sing a song about how a farmer harvests.
cosechan las manzanas arrancándolas de Old MacDonald had a farm, e, i, e, i, o.
los manzaneros. Se cosechan las papas And on his farm he harvested corn, e, i, e, i, o.
desenterrándolas de la tierra. With a pick, pick here and a pick, pick there,
here a pick, there a pick, everywhere a pick,
pick. Old MacDonald had a farm, e, i, e, i, o.
word harvest. Look at the carrots. A farmer
(Sing about other crops.)
planted carrot seeds. The seeds grew into
carrots. The farmer pulled the carrots out 6. Now let’s say harvest together three more
of the ground so he could eat them and sell times: harvest, harvest, harvest.
them. When a farmer pulls the carrots out of
the ground, he harvests them.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 hoist

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Look at the picture again. Now you draw a
1. Another word in the selection is hoist. Say picture of a machine like this. The machine is
it with me: hoist. To hoist means “to lift a crane. Show a heavy load that the crane is
something heavy with a machine.” Workers hoisting. Tell your partner about the picture.
use big machines to lift wood, stones, bricks, 5. (Give partners sets of blocks or other objects
and other things when they build a house. that can simulate building materials.) Pretend
2. En español, to hoist quiere decir “alzar algo that your arm is a crane. (Demonstrate by
con la ayuda de una máquina, levantar.” Los placing your elbow on a table. Move your
trabajadores usan máquinas grandes para forearm up and down to simulate the action
levantar madera, piedras, ladrillos y otros of a crane.) Show your partner how you can
materiales cuando están construyendo una hoist the blocks with your pretend crane.
casa. 6. Now let’s say hoist together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the hoist, hoist, hoist.
word hoist. Look at the machine in this
picture. (Point to the crane.) The machine is
lifting something heavy. (Point to the load.)
This load is too heavy for people to lift.
Workers use a crane to hoist big loads.
338
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photo by Joe Larson/USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service. (b) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock.
ELD Content Words history, event, Declaration of Independence,
Unit 4 Week 1 Celebrating History
Thanksgiving
history event
Declaration of
Independence Thanksgiving
ROUTINE
4. Explain how these four words fit into a group, or category. During independent work
time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: historia, evento, Declaración de la Independencia.
339
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Comstock/PunchStock. (tr) © National Archives and Records Administration (Public)/Historicus, Inc..
(bl) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © Library of Congress Prints and Photographs Division [LC-USZC4-4961].
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bunch
Unit 4 Week 2 Let’s Eat!
Word 2 delicious
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bunch
Unit 4 Week 2 Let’s Eat!

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 6. Draw a bunch of something you would like to
1. One word in the selection is bunch. Say it with have. Maybe it is something to eat, such as a
me: bunch. A bunch is a group of things. Lots bunch of pretzels. Maybe it is something to
of grapes grow together in a group on a plant. play with, such as a bunch of toy cars. Show
We call a group of grapes a bunch of grapes. your partner. Tell why you would like to have
a bunch of that thing.
2. En español, bunch quiere decir “un grupo de
cosas.” Los grupos de frutas que crecen juntos 5. I will give each of you a few minutes to collect
se llaman racimos. Las uvas crecen juntas en a bunch of something in our classroom. Take
una planta. Esos grupos de uvas son racimos. the bunch of things back to your partner.
Tell your partner I have a bunch of .
(Sample answers: a bunch of books, a bunch
word bunch. These are bananas. We do not
of crayons)
see just one banana. We see a bunch of
bananas. 6. Now let’s say bunch together three more
times: bunch, bunch, bunch.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 delicious

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Show me what you do with your face and
1. Another word in the selection is delicious. your body when you eat something that is
Say it with me: delicious. Something delicious delicious.
tastes very good. I think fresh, ripe, juicy fruit 6. I am going to name some foods. If you think
is delicious. the food I name is delicious, smile. If you
2. En español, delicious quiere decir “que sabe think the food I name is not delicious, frown.
a rico, delicioso.” Me parece que las frtutas sweet potatoes
frescas, maduras y jugosas son deliciosas. peas
muffins
3. Delicious in English and delicioso in Spanish
spinach
(Have children suggest other foods and get
the reactions of their classmates.)
7. Now let’s say delicious together three more
word delicious. Here’s a bowl of fruit. The fruit
times: delicious, delicious, delicious.
looks ripe and juicy. The fruit probably tastes
very good. It is probably delicious.
342
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (b) © Purestock/SuperStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 2 Ripe and Ready to Eat
crops, bogs,
vines, market
crops bogs
vines market
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: mercado.
343
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Wetzel & Company. (tr) © Design Pics Inc./Alamy Images.
(bl) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (br) © Bryan Mullennix/Pixtal/age fotostock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 scrumptious
Unit 4 Week 3 Thanksgiving Dinner
Word 2 tradition
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 scrumptious
Unit 4 Week 3 Thanksgiving Dinner

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. A menu is a list of foods for a meal. Make up
1. One word in the selection is scrumptious. a menu for a special dinner. Put scrumptious
Say it with me: scrumptious. Scrumptious foods on your menu. You may draw or write
means “very, very tasty and delicious.” My words for the foods. You and your partner will
favorite food is . I think it is the most share your menus.
scrumptious food of all. 5. You and your partner will take turns naming
2. En español, scrumptious quiere decir “muy foods. When your partner names a food, tell
sabroso o delicioso.” Mi comida preferida whether you think it is scrumptious or not.
es . Me parece que es la comida más 6. Now let’s say scrumptious together three more
rica de todas. times: scrumptious, scrumptious, scrumptious.
word scrumptious. The girl eats a piece of
watermelon. She smiles because she thinks it
tastes very, very sweet and juicy. The piece of
watermelon is scrumptious.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 tradition

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Name a holiday you know about. Tell your
1. Another word in the selection is tradition. Say partner some traditions for celebrating that
it with me: tradition. A tradition is something holiday.
a family or group does the same way over 6. We have some traditions in our classroom.
and over again. In my family, one tradition is There are things we do in special ways that
giving gifts on birthdays. other classes do not. Talk with your partner
2. En español, tradition quiere decir “algo about our traditions. (Sample answers: We
especial que una familia o grupo de personas have story time after lunch every day. We
hace de la misma manera una y otra vez, sing “Happy Birthday” to children who have
tradición.” En mi familia es una tradición dar birthdays.)
regalos en los cumpleaños. 6. Now let’s say tradition together three more
3. Tradition in English and tradición in Spanish times: tradition, tradition, tradition.
word tradition. We see a special meal. There is
a turkey. There are potatoes and cranberries.
Some people eat this meal on the holiday
called Thanksgiving. This meal is a holiday
tradition.
346
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © IT Stock Free/Polka Dot Images/PunchStock. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 3 All Kinds of Plants
leaves, spines,
needles, roots
leaves spines
needles roots
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: espinas.
347
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Siede Preis/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © Nature Picture Library/McGraw-Hill Companies.
(bl) © GeoStock/Getty Images. (br) © Design Pics Inc./PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 perch
Unit 5 Week 1 Animals
Word 2 gnaw
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 perch
Unit 5 Week 1 Animals

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Look at the picture of the bird perched on the
1. One word in the selection is perch. Say it with branch again. Talk to your partner about how
me: perch. To perch means “to sit on a branch the bird perches. What body parts does it use
or pole.” We usually use the word perch to to perch? How is the way a bird perches like
talk about birds. On my way to school, I saw a the way you sit? How is it different from the
bird perched on the lamp post. way you sit?
2. En español, to perch quiere decir “sentarse 5. We looked at a picture of a bird perched on a
sobre una rama o poste, posarse.” branch. Birds can also perch on small poles in
Normalmente usamos la palabra posarse their cages. Draw a picture of a bird perched
cuando hablamos de pájaros sentados de esa in a cage. Trade pictures with your partner.
manera. Camino a la escuela vi un pajarito Talk about the pictures.
posándose sobre un poste. 6. Now let’s say perch together three more
3. Now, let’s look at a picture that shows the times: perch, perch, perch.
word perch. The bird perches on a branch. It
uses its claws to hold on and sit in the tree.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 gnaw

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you are the dog in the picture. Make
1. Another word in the selection is gnaw. Say it your hand is flat. Pretend it is a wallet. Show
with me: gnaw. To gnaw means “to bite on me how the dog would gnaw on the wallet.
something over and over again, or to chew.” 5. People gnaw on things, too. Think about how
If a mouse gets in a house, it might gnaw people eat an ear of corn. They keep biting
through a package of food. and biting on it to get the corn off of the cob.
2. En español, to gnaw quiere decir decir Let’s pretend to gnaw on an ear of corn.
“morder algo una y otra vez, roer.” Si un 6. Now let’s say gnaw together three more times:
ratón entra a una casa, podría roer un paquete gnaw, gnaw, gnaw.
de comida.
word gnaw. Look at the puppy. What does he
have in his mouth? It is someone’s wallet. He
is biting it again and again. He is gnawing on
the wallet with his teeth.
350
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © IT Stock/Polka Dot Images/PunchStock. (b) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 1 Animals on the Move
crawls, leaps, flies, runs
crawls leaps
flies runs
ROUTINE
351
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Charles Smith/Corbis. (tr) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
(bl) © Purestock/PunchStock. (br) © Tom Brakefield/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 gallop
Unit 5 Week 2 Animals Play
Word 2 pounce
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 gallop
Unit 5 Week 2 Animals Play

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s pretend to be horses. Let’s gallop around
1. One word in the selection is gallop. Say it with the classroom. (Lead children in pretending to
me: gallop. To gallop means “to run fast.” gallop.)
When horses run fast, we say they gallop. 6. We’ll sing about a horse that gallops. We will
2. En español, to gallop quiere decir “correr gallop in place every time we say the word.
rápido, galopar.” Cuando los caballos corren (Lead children in singing the song to the tune
rápido, decimos que galopan. “Frog Went A-Courtin”.)
Horse went a galloping, and he did ride, uh-huh.
3. Gallop in English and galopar in Spanish are
Horse went a galloping, and he did ride, uh-huh.
Horse went a galloping, and he did ride, with
a dog and a chicken by his side, uh-huh, uh-
4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the huh, uh-huh.
word gallop. The horse runs fast in the grass.
7. Now let’s say gallop together three more
He runs as fast as he can. The horse gallops.
times: gallop, gallop, gallop.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 pounce

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Think of animals that try to catch other
1. Another word in the selection is pounce. Say it animals. Tell your partner one animal that
with me: pounce. To pounce means “to jump might try to pounce on another.
at something suddenly to try to catch it.” A 5. People can pounce, too. For example, a player
kitten might pounce on a ball of yarn to play. in a game might try to pounce on a ball to
2. En español, to pounce quiere decir “saltar catch it before another player does. Roll up a
sobre algo de repente para agarrarlo, piece of paper to make a pretend ball. Take
lanzarse.” Un gatito podría lanzarse sobre una turns showing each other how you might
bola de lana para jugar con ella. pounce on the ball to catch it.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the 6. Now let’s say pounce together three more
word pounce. This kitten is ready to pounce. times: pounce, pounce, pounce.
Maybe it sees a mouse it wants to catch.
When the cat gets close, it will try to jump on
the mouse.
354
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Juniors Bildarchiv/Alamy Images. (b) © Mark Karrass/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 2 Tadpole, Tadpole
tadpole, insect, fish, gill
tadpole insect
fish gill
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: insecto.
355
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © PhotoSpin, Inc/Alamy Images. (tr) © Siede Preis/Getty Images.
(bl) © Elmer Frederick Fischer/Corbis. (br) © Ian Cartwright/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 imagination
Unit 5 Week 3 Can We Play?
Word 2 seek
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 imagination
Unit 5 Week 2 Can We Play?

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Take turns telling your partner a funny story
1. One word in the selection is imagination. Say about something an animal did. Do not tell
it with me: imagination. When you use your about a real animal. Use your imagination. For
imagination, you use your mind to pretend or example, maybe the animal in your story talks
to make up ideas. I can use my imagination or wears clothes.
to pretend that I am taking a trip on a space 6. Draw a pretend flower. Be sure that the
ship. flower does not look like a real one. Show
2. En español, imagination se dice your flower to your partner. Have your friend
“imaginación.” Cuando usas tu imaginación, tell how you used your imagination. (Sample
creas cosas o ideas en tu mente. Yo uso mi answer: I know you used your imagination
imaginación cuando juego. Me imagino que because real flowers do not have eyes and
tomo viajes en una nave espacial. noses.)
3. Imagination in English and imaginación in 7. Now let’s say imagination together three more
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost times: imagination, imagination, imagination.
languages.
word imagination. The children are pretending
they are in a parade. They are using hats and
capes as costumes. They are pretending that
things from the kitchen can make music. The
children are using their imaginations.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 seek

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s play a hide-and-seek game. You will
1. Another word in the selection is seek. Say it close your eyes. I will pick one child to hide
with me: seek. To seek means “to try to find somewhere in our classroom. Then you will
a thing or a place.” If I could only find one of open your eyes. I will pick one child to seek
my socks, I would seek the other one. the hiding child. We will all watch and see if
he or she can find the hiding child.
2. En español, to seek quiere decir “tratar de
encontrar una cosa o un lugar, buscar.” Si 5. (Hide some red paper circles in the classroom.
tuviera solo una de las medias de un par, Be sure there is enough for each child to
buscaría la media que me hace falta para find one.) I hid some red paper circles in our
completar el par. classroom. You will have a chance to seek a
circle. After you find one, bring it to me.
word seek. The children are playing a game 6. Now let’s say seek together three more times:
called hide and seek. The children who are seek, seek, seek.
running away will hide. (Point to the boy and
girl.) The boy who is behind the tree will go
seek his friends. (Point to him.)
358
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Sean Justice/Corbis. (b) © ImageState/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 3 National Holidays
celebrate, President,
holiday, national
celebrate President
holiday national
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: celebrar, Presidente, nacional.
359
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Andersen Ross/Getty Images. (tr) © Michael Kleinfeld-Pool/2004 Getty Images.
(bl) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (br) © Jennifer Thermes/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 experience
Unit 6 Week 1 We Are Here
Word 2 community
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 experience
Unit 6 Week 1 We Are Here

1. One word in the selection is experience. word experience. The children in the picture
Say it with me: experience. An experience is are having an experience in the snow. They
something that a person does or sees. Taking see how everything looks covered in snow.
a trip is an experience that some people have They do things in the snow. They may build a
in the summer. snowman or sled as part of their experience.
2. En español, experience quiere decir “algo que 5. We have many experiences in our classroom.
una persona hace o ve, una experiencia.” Ir de Choose an experience we had yesterday.
viaje es una experiencia que algunas personas Tell your partner about the experience you
tienen en el verano. choose. Talk about what you saw during the
experience. Talk about what you did.
3. Experience in English and experiencia in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 6. Think about a holiday you celebrated in
the same and mean the same thing in both the past. Think about what you saw and
languages. did during the holiday. Tell your partner as
much as you remember about the holiday
experience.
7. Now let’s say experience together three more
times: experience, experience, experience.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 community

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows a
1. Another word in the selection is community. community. The picture shows a group of
Say it with me: community. A community is houses in the same place. The houses and
a group of people who live together in the the people who live in those houses make
same place. [Name of area where the school is up a community. There are probably schools
located] is a community. and places where people work in the
community, too.
2. En español, community quiere decir “un grupo
de personas que viven en el mismo lugar, 5. What makes our community special? Tell your
comunidad.” [Nombre del área donde su partner what you think. Use the sentence: Our
colegio está localizado] es una comunidad. community is special because .
3. Community in English and comunidad in 6. Work with your partner to make a list of
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost things in our community. You can use words
the same and mean the same thing in both or pictures on your list.
languages. 7. Now let’s say community together three more
times: community, community, community.
362
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Geoff Manasse/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 1 Let’s Look at Maps
left, right, behind, near
left right
behind near
ROUTINE
363
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Image Club/PunchStock. (tr) © Image Club/PunchStock.
(bl) © Image Source/PunchStock. (br) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 offer
Unit 6 Week 2 For You
Word 2 generous
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 offer
Unit 6 Week 2 For You

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. (Have a book available.) I will offer this book
1. One word in the selection is offer. Say it with to a child. I will say, “I offer you this book”.
me: offer. To offer means “to try to give The child will take the book. Then he or she
something to someone.” Pretend we are will offer it to another child and say what I
having a picnic together. I brought fruit for said. (Continue until everyone has a turn.)
everyone. I will offer some of my fruit to you. 5. When a person offers you something, you
2. En español, to offer quiere decir “tratar de can take it or not take it. It is important to be
darle algo a alguien, ofrecer.” Imaginen que polite when someone offers you something.
todos estamos de picnic. Yo traje frutas para Let’s practice. I will offer each of you
compartir con todos. Les ofreceré las frutas a something. You will say, “Yes, thank you” or
ustedes. “No, thank you.”
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the 6. Now let’s say offer together three more times:
word offer. The girl has a gift in her hands. offer, offer, offer.
(Point to the gift.) The girl offers the gift
to her grandmother. The girl wants her
grandmother to take the gift.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 generous

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Think of a time someone was generous to you.
1. Another word in the selection is generous. Say Tell your partner about who was generous
it with me: generous. Generous means “willing and what the person did.
to share or give what you have to others.” It is 6. Draw a picture of a way you can be generous
generous to let friends play with your toys. with the other children in our classroom. Show
2. En español, generous quiere decir “dispuesto the picture to your partner. Talk about how
a compartir o dar lo que es de uno a otros, the picture shows a way to be generous.
generoso.” Es generoso dejar que tus amigos 7. Now let’s say generous together three more
jueguen con tus juguetes. times: generous, generous, generous.
3. Generous in English and generoso in Spanish
word generous. See the people behind the
counter. (Point to them.) They made food for
people who do not have food. Now they are
giving the food away. This is a generous thing
to do.
366
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/PunchStock. (b) © SW Productions/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 2 Made from Clay
clay, natural resource,
conserve, recycle
clay natural resource
conserve recycle
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: recurso natural, conservar, reciclar.
367
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ken Karp/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © Creatas/PunchStock.
(bl) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies. (br) © Thinkstock/Masterfile.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 equipment
Unit 6 Week 3 A House for You
Word 2 prepare
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 equipment
Unit 6 Week 3 A House for You

1. One word in the selection is equipment. Say it word equipment. We see some tools. These
with me: equipment. Equipment means “tools tools are equipment someone could use to fix
or other things needed to do something.” I things in a house.
need to get rakes and trash bags. That’s the 5. Think of a game or sport you like to play.
equipment I’ll need to clean leaves out of my Name the equipment you need to play. See
yard. if your partner can guess what the game or
2. En español, equipment quiere decir “las sport is.
herramientas o materiales que se necesitan 6. Pretend we are going to clean our classroom.
para hacer algo, equipo.” Necesito rastrillos Work with your partner to make a word or
y bolsas de basura. Ese es el equipo que picture list of the equipment we would need.
necesitaré para recoger las hojas secas del 7. Now let’s say equipment together three more
patio. times: equipment, equipment, equipment.
3. Equipment in English and equipo in Spanish
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 prepare

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. What do you do in the mornings to prepare
1. Another word in the selection is prepare. for school? Tell your partner three things you
Say it with me: prepare. To prepare means do to prepare for school each day.
“to make or get ready.” We prepare to paint 6. Pretend your partner is coming to your house
a picture by getting out paper, paints, and for lunch. Tell him or her what you will
brushes. prepare for your meal.
2. En español, to prepare quiere decir “hacer 7. Now let’s say prepare together three more
lo necesario para estar listo, preparar.”Nos times: prepare, prepare, prepare.
preparamos para pintar sacando papel, las
pinturas y los pinceles.
3. To prepare in English and preparar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound the same and mean
almost the same thing in both languages.
word prepare. The family is making dinner.
One thing they have to do is prepare a salad.
They prepare the salad by chopping up the
vegetables and mixing them together.
370
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock/SuperStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 3 Jobs People Do
job, machine,
typewriter, computer
job machine
typewriter computer
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: máquina, computador.
371
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Gary He/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © David Buffington/Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © CMCD/Getty Images. (br) © Comstock/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 pouring
Unit 7 Week 1 You Can Do This
Word 2 breeze
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 pouring
Unit 7 Week 1 You Can Do This

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. I will name some things. If we could pour
1. One word in the selection is pouring. Say it what I name out of a container, pretend to be
with me: pouring. Pouring means “making a pouring. If we could not, shake your head no.
liquid go out of its container.” We are pouring juice
when we make milk go out of the carton into water
a glass. bread
2. En español, to pour quiere decir “sacar un peanut butter
líquido del recipiente donde se encuentra, dish soap
verter.” Vertimos la leche cuando inclinamos big rocks
la jarra donde se encuentra para llenar un paint
vaso. 5. Let’s sing a song about pouring. We will do
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the actions as we sing. Sing what I sing. Do what I
word pouring. (Point to the teacher’s hand.) do. (Sing “I’m a Little Teapot” with children.)
The teacher is pouring the paint out of the 6. Now let’s say pouring together three more
bottle. She is giving a little bit of paint to each times: pouring, pouring, pouring.
child to use on his or her art project.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 breeze

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Leaves can blow in the breeze in the fall. Draw
1. Another word in the selection is breeze. Say a picture of leaves blowing in a breeze. Show
it with me: breeze. A breeze is a light wind. A your partner. Tell about your picture.
breeze can cause a flag to move. 6. Fold a paper like this to make a fan.
2. En español, breeze quiere decir “un viento (Demonstrate folding an accordion style paper
suave, brisa.” La brisa puede hacer que las fan.) Use your fan to make a gentle breeze for
cortinas se muevan cuando hay una ventana you and your partner.
abierta. 7. Now let’s say breeze together three more
3. Breeze in English and brisa in Spanish are times: breeze, breeze, breeze.
word breeze. Look at the thing hanging from
the tree. (Point to the wind chime.) This is a
wind chime. A gentle breeze blows this wind
chime. It swings back and forth a little bit and
makes a quiet sound.
374
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Polka Dot Images/Jupiterimages. (b) © Nancy R. Cohen/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 7 Week 1 Changing Weather
weather, wind, rain, flood
weather wind
rain flood
ROUTINE
375
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © Angelo Cavalli/Getty Images.
(bl) © Michael Stevens/Fogstock/age fotostock. (br) © Creatas/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 flutter
Unit 7 Week 2 You Can Play
Word 2 prance
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 flutter
Unit 7 Week 2 You Can Play

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend your arms are wings. Show and tell
1. One word in the selection is flutter. Say it with your partner how you would flutter your
me: flutter. To flutter means “to move quickly wings if you were a butterfly.
back and forth.” Small birds flutter their 5. Think of other animals that have wings.
wings to fly. Choose one. Draw a picture to show how that
2. En español, to flutter quiere decir “moverse animal flutters its wings. Show your partner
rápidamente de atrás hacia a delante, batir.” and tell what animal you drew.
Los pájaros pequeños baten sus alitas para 6. Now let’s say flutter together three more
volar. times: flutter, flutter, flutter.
word flutter. Look at the butterflies. They
move their wings up and down. See this
butterfly. (Point to the one on the left.) Its
wings are going so fast that the picture is not
clear. This butterfly’s wings flutter fast.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 prance

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. I will show you how to prance. Then you
1. Another word in the selection is prance. Say follow me as we prance around the classroom.
it with me: prance. Prance means “to walk in 5. People in a band might prance when they
a lively way with lots of energy.” Sometimes, are in a parade. Let’s have a parade. Think
people prance when they feel happy or proud. about what kind of music you would like to
2. En español, to prance quiere decir “caminar play. You could pretend to beat a drum, crash
con ánimo y energía.” A veces las personas cymbals, or toot a horn. (Demonstrate how
caminan con ánimo y energía cuando se each would look.) We will prance around in
sienten contentos u orgullosos. our parade pretending to play our music.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the 6. Now let’s say prance together three more
word prance. The children are walking in a times: prance, prance, prance.
special way. They are active. They pick up
their feet and spring forward. The children
prance.
378
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas/PunchStock. (b) © Lars Niki/Macmillan/McGraw-Hill.
ELD Content Words
Unit 7 Week 2 A Year with Bears
den, cub,
climb, bedding
den cub
climb bedding
ROUTINE
379
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Dorling Kindersley/PunchStock. (tr) © MIMOTITO/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
(bl) © Don Farrall/Getty Images. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 glide
Unit 7 Week 3 Snow
Word 2 dash
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 glide
Unit 7 Week 3 Snow

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. In the picture, we saw the skis a skier uses to
1. One word in the selection is glide. Say it glide on the snow. See how many other things
with me: glide. To glide means “to move in a you and your partner can think of that would
smooth, easy way.” Ice skaters glide help a person glide.
across the ice. 5. Tell your partner whether you would like
2. En español, to glide quiere decir “moverse to glide down a hill on skis or not. Tell your
suave y fácilmente, deslizarse.” Los partner the reason for your answer.
patinadores se delizaron por el hielo. 6. Now let’s say glide together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the glide, glide, glide.
word glide. We see a person coming down a
hill on skis. The hill is high, and the skis are
smooth. The skier does not have to work hard.
He glides down the hill.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 dash

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. I will give you directions. Please do what I say.
1. Another word in the selection is dash. Say [Name], dash to the door. [Name], dash to the
it with me: dash. To dash means “to go bookshelves. (Continue with similar directions
somewhere fast.” If you are late getting to until each child has a chance to participate.)
school, you might dash into the building. 5. Think about what makes people and animals
2. En español, to dash quiere decir “salir dash. I will ask some questions. Nod your head
corriendo.” Si sabes que has llegado tarde a la “yes” or shake your head “no” to answer my
escuela, sales corriendo hacia el edificio. questions.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the Does a mouse dash to get away from a cat?
word dash. Look at the horse’s legs. We can Does a person dash up a tall ladder?
see the horse is moving fast. The horse dashes Would you dash to get out of the rain?
through the snow. Would a child dash if she were carrying a tray
of glasses?
6. Now let’s say dash together three more times:
dash, dash, dash.
382
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © John Flournoy/Macmillan/McGraw-Hill. (b) © John Giustina/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 7 Week 3 Let It Snow!
snow, clouds,
snowstorm, snowflake
snow clouds
snowstorm snowflake
ROUTINE
383
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (tr) © Shigeru Ueki/Dex Image/Getty Images.
(bl) © Ingram Publishing (Superstock Limited)/age fotostock. (br) © Design Pics/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 observe
Unit 8 Week 1 We Like Trees
Word 2 enormous
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 observe
Unit 8 Week 1 We Like Trees

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. We will play a game. I will tell you something
1. One word in the selection is observe. Say it I observe. You will guess what I am observing
with me: observe. Observe means “to watch and point to it. I observe something made of
or look at something carefully.” We observe wood that has four legs. I observe someone
whether cars are coming when we cross a who is wearing a red sweater. (Continue
street. describing other things or children you
observe in the classroom and have children
2. En español, to observe quiere decir “ver o
point to what you describe.)
mirar algo fijamente, observar.” Observamos si
vienen carros antes de cruzar la calle. 6. Each of you will have a chance to choose a
place in our classroom and go there. Observe
3. To observe in English and observar in Spanish
something in that place. Look at it carefully
and try to remember as much as you can
about it. Then we will come back and sit in
4. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the a circle. You will tell what you observed and
word observe. The children are on a school what you noticed about it.
field trip to a forest. There are lots of things
7. Now let’s say observe together three more
in the forest for them to observe. (Point to the
times: observe, observe, observe.
boy on the left.) This boy has just observed a
hawk in a tree. He is telling his friends to look
at it with him.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 enormous

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Draw something that is enormous. Show your
1. Another word in the selection is enormous. picture to your partner. Tell him or her about
Say it with me: enormous. Enormous means it. Use this sentence: I drew an enormous
“very, very big.” An elephant is an enormous .
animal. 6. Take turns with your partner naming
2. En español, enormous quiere decir “muy, muy enormous animals.
grande.” Un elefante es un animal enorme. 7. Now let’s say enormous together three more
3. Enormous in English and enorme in Spanish times: enormous, enormous, enormous.
word enormous. Look up into the trees. See
how tall they are. They reach up into the sky.
See how big the trunks of the trees are. (Point
to the trunks.) These trees are enormous!
386
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis/age fotostock. (b) © Comstock/Jupiterimages.
ELD Content Words
Unit 8 Week 1 Real and Fake Plants
alike, different,
living, nonliving
alike different
living nonliving
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: diferente.
387
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Clark Dunbar/Corbis.
(bl) © Purestock/PunchStock. (br) © Ken Karp/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 sow
Unit 8 Week 2 Seeds
Word 2 sprout
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 sow
Unit 8 Week 2 Seeds

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s act out sowing seeds. (Lead children in
1. One word in the selection is sow. Say it with acting out each step.) Show me the seeds in
me: sow. To sow means “to plant seeds.” We your hand. First dig a hole. Then sprinkle seeds
sow watermelon seeds to grow a watermelon in the hole. Now cover up the seeds. Let’s
plant. water the seeds so they will grow. Tell me
what we did.
2. En español, to sow quiere decir “sembrar o
plantar semillas.“ Sembramos semillas de 5. We will say a chant.
sandía si queremos una enredadera de sandía. We can sow a pea seed (clap, clap)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the To grow the peas we need. (clap, clap)
word sow. Look at what the boy holds in his We can sow an apple seed (clap, clap)
hand. (Point to the seeds.) These are seeds. To grow the apples we need. (clap, clap)
The boy and girl sow the seeds. They dig little We can sow a carrot seed (clap, clap)
holes to put the seeds in. Then they cover up To grow the carrots we need. (clap, clap)
the seeds with dirt. Plants will grow from the (Have children suggest other verses.)
seeds. 6. Now let’s say sow together three more times:
sow, sow, sow.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 sprout

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. We looked at a picture of two seeds that
1. Another word in the selection is sprout. Say sprouted into plants. You and your partner
it with me: sprout. To sprout means “to grow will curl up small and act like seeds. You will
from a seed.” If you plant a kernel of corn, a straighten up and sprout into plants. Together
tiny corn plant will sprout from it. talk about that you did.
2. En español, sprout quiere decir “crecer de una 5. Draw a picture of a seed sprouting. (Model as
semilla, brotar.”Si siembras un grano de maíz, you tell the steps.) Draw a seed on the bottom
una pequeña planta de maíz brotará de él. part of your paper. Draw a line above the seed
to show where the ground is. Draw the plant
that sprouts out of the seed. After you finish,
word sprout. We see two tiny plants. We
show your partner and tell him or her what
cannot see the seeds in the ground, but they
kind of plant sprouted from the seed.
are there. (Point to the area below the plants.)
These tiny plants sprouted from seeds under 6. Now let’s say sprout together three more
the ground. times: sprout, sprout, sprout.
390
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jupiterimages/BananaStock/Alamy Images. (b) © Photowood Inc./Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 8 Week 2 In My Garden
plant, flowers, seeds, fruit
plant flowers
seeds fruit
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: plantar, flores, fruta.
391
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © liquidlibrary/Jupiterimages. (tr) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
(bl) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (br) © Comstock/Jupiterimages.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 relaxation
Unit 8 Week 3 I Will Sit Here
Word 2 snapshot
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 relaxation
Unit 8 Week 3 I Will Sit Here

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Do you like to look at books? Do you like to
1. One word in the selection is relaxation. Say it play games? Are sports fun for you? What else
with me: relaxation. Relaxation is resting and do you do for relaxation? Tell your partner.
having fun. You might go home and play a See if you like to do some of the same things
game for relaxation after you’ve worked hard for relaxation.
all day at school. 6. (Hand out unlined paper.) Work with your
2. En español, relaxation quiere decir “reposo y partner to draw a picture showing something
diversión, relajación.” Tal vez llegas a tu casa people do for relaxation. We will share
y juegues algo por relajación después de un our pictures and then hang them. (Make a
día largo en la escuela. sentence strip title “Relaxation” and hang the
pictures under it.)
3. Relaxation in English and relajación in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say relaxation together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: relaxation, relaxation, relaxation.
word relaxation. Look at the girl. She is not
doing any work. She is resting with her stuffed
bunny. This is the girl’s relaxation.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 snapshot

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. I will act out taking a snapshot of little groups
1. Another word in the selection is snapshot. of you. (Pose a few children.) I am ready to
Say it with me: snapshot. A snapshot is a take a snapshot. Smile. (Pantomime taking a
photograph. Snapshots are photographs taken photo. Then repeat with other groups.)
by us or by our family and friends. My family 5. Now it is your turn. You will work in small
takes snapshots at special family events such groups. Each of you will take a turn deciding
as parties. what the others in the group should do. Then
2. En español, snapshot quiere decir ”foto you will act out taking the group’s snapshot.
o fotografía.” Las fotos son tomadas por 6. Now let’s say snapshot together three more
nosotros o por nuestra familia y nuestros times: snapshot, snapshot, snapshot.
amigos. Mi familia toma fotos en reuniones
familiares como las fiestas.
word snapshot. The girl in the middle is taking
a snapshot with her camera. The snapshot will
be a picture of her and her friends.
394
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © BananaStock/Jupiterimages.
ELD Content Words
Unit 8 Week 3 Farming Then and Now
tractor, plow,
well, irrigation
tractor plow
well irrigation
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: tractor, irrigación.
395
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages. © Jacques Jangoux/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock. (br) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 critter
Unit 9 Week 1 The Insects
Word 2 inspect
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 critter
Unit 9 Week 1 The Insects

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about an animal you think is
1. One word in the selection is critter. Say it funny or interesting. Use this sentence frame:
with me: critter. Critter means “animal.” A critter I like is the . I like this critter
We usually use critter to talk about a funny because .
or interesting animal. For example, the silly 5. Tell your partner a funny story about a critter.
critter stole our picnic lunch. The story can be about something that really
2. En español, critter se dice “criatura.” happened or you can make up a story about a
Normalmente usamos la palabra criatura para critter. Use the word critter in your story.
hablar de un animal interesante o raro. Por 6. Now let’s say critter together three more
ejemplo, la criatura cómica se robó la comida times: critter, critter, critter.
de nuestro picnic.
word critter. What is on the branch? It is a
caterpillar. Caterpillars are interesting critters
with soft bodies, lots of legs, and bright
colors.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 inspect

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Each of you will select one thing in our
1. Another word in the selection is inspect. Say it classroom. For example, you could choose a
with me: inspect. To inspect means “to look at crayon or a table. Hold it in your hand if it
something closely.” I inspect fruit I am going is small. Walk around it if it is big. Look at
to buy. I look at each one carefully. I want to the thing very closely. Each of you will have
be sure it is fresh. a chance to tell what you learned as you
inspected the thing.
2. En español, to inspect quiere decir “mirar algo
atentamente, examinar, inspeccionar.” Yo 6. Let’s go around our room and inspect it to
inspecciono las frutas que voy a comprar. Miro be sure it is clean and neat. (Lead children
a cada una con cuidado. Quiero asegurarme in visiting specific areas of the room.) Let’s
de que sea fresca. inspect the bookshelves. Are the books
put away neatly? How can we make the
3. To inspect in English and inspeccionar in Spanish
bookshelves look better? (Continue to lead
children in inspecting other areas of the
classroom using this procedure.)
7. Now let’s say inspect together three more
word inspect. The girl inspects the critter in
times: inspect, inspect, inspect.
the jar. It looks like a butterfly. She looks at
it very carefully. She pays attention to how it
looks and what it does.
398
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Leo Fiedler/Corbis. (b) © Fancy/Veer.
ELD Content Words
Unit 9 Week 1 Welcome to the Rain Forest
rain forest, canopy,
understory, forest floor
rain forest canopy
understory forest floor
ROUTINE
399
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Dr. Parvinder Sethi/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
(bl) © Dr. Parvinder Sethi/McGraw-Hill Companies. (br) © Dr. Parvinder Sethi/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 plunge
Unit 9 Week 2 The Ocean
Word 2 exploration
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 plunge
Unit 9 Week 2 The Ocean

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s act like we are going to plunge into a
1. One word in the selection is plunge. Say it swimming pool. (Demonstrate taking a few
with me: plunge. To plunge means “to jump quick steps, jumping as if on a diving board,
or dive into something.” It feels good to and then arcing your arms over your head as
plunge into a pool on a hot day. if you are diving down.) When I say the word
plunge, you do it. “Plunge!”
2. En español, to plunge quiere decir “saltar
y hundirse en algo, zambullirse.” En un día 5. I will ask you some questions. Show me the
caluroso de verano, se siente rico zambullirse answers with your face and body. How would
en una piscina. it feel to plunge into a freezing cold pond?
How would it feel to plunge into a nice, warm
bath? How would it feel to plunge into a
word plunge. See the man plunge into the
tub of sticky syrup? (Continue with similar
water. He ran fast then jumped. He will go
questions.)
down into the water.
6. Now let’s say plunge together three more
times: plunge, plunge, plunge.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 exploration

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Think that you are going on a space
1. Another word in the selection is exploration. exploration. You would travel in a space ship.
Say it with me: exploration. Exploration means You might go outside of the space ship to
“finding out or learning about a place by learn about space. Talk to your partner about
going there and observing.” We could see lots whether you think a space exploration would
of animals and plants in an exploration of the be fun or scary. Tell why.
forest. 6. Think of a place you would like to explore.
2. En español, exploration quiere decir Draw a picture of an exploration of that place.
“observación detallada de un lugar que se Show the things you think you would see
hace para aprender de él, exploración.” Vimos there. Share your picture with your friend and
muchos animales y plantas cuando fuimos de tell each other about your explorations.
exploración al bosque. 7. Now let’s say exploration together three more
3. Exploration in English and exploración in Spanish times: exploration, exploration, exploration.
word exploration. The people are under the
water. They are on an exploration to find out
about sea animals.
402
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Carl & Ann Purcell/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 9 Week 2 Let’s Go to the Vet
vet, tongue, fur, scales
vet tongue
fur scales
ROUTINE
403
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Jupiterimages/Comstock Images/Alamy Images. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © Siede Preis/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 searched
Unit 9 Week 3 Big Dog
Word 2 investigate
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 searched
Unit 9 Week 3 Big Dog

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. I will say a chant. Then you will say it after
1. One word in the selection is searched. Say it me.
with me: searched. Searched means “looked I searched for a frog. I found it under a log.
for something that you needed to find.” I searched for my cat. I found her on a mat.
I could only find one shoe this morning. I I searched for a bug. I found one under
searched for ten minutes before I found the the rug.
other one. (Use hand motions with the chant such as
2. En español, to search quiere decir “buscar algo looking up and down and pointing as if you
que necesitas encontrar.” Sólo veía uno de mis found what you were looking for.)
zapatos esta mañana. Busqué el otro por diez 6. (Hide enough items, such as stickers, for every
minutos antes de encontrarlo. child to find one.) I have hidden some
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the in our classroom. You will search until you find
word searched. Look at the picture. Someone one. Then you will tell your classmates where
was lost. The man and the dog searched for you searched and where you found your
the lost person. They will find the person and .
take him or her home. 7. Now let’s say searched together three more
times: searched, searched, searched.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 investigate

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Look at the picture of the children at the
1. Another word in the selection is investigate. beach again. Draw what you think they find
Say it with me: investigate. To investigate in the pool as they investigate it. Share your
means “to look at a place very carefully to see picture with your partner. Tell some things at
what is there or what happened.” We might the beach you might like to investigate.
investigate animal tracks. We might follow 6. Talk with your partner about tools you might
the tracks to see where the animal went. use to investigate. For example, someone
2. En español, to investigate quiere decir “mirar would need a flashlight to investigate a dark
alguna cosa o lugar con cuidado y atención cave. Use this sentence to talk about tools to
para ver qué hay allí o para averiguar qué investigate. You need a to investigate a
pasó, investigar.” Tal vez investiguemos las .
huellas de un animal. Seguiríamos las huellas 7. Now let’s say investigate together three more
para ver a donde fue el animal. times: investigate, investigate, investigate.
3. To investigate in English and investigar in
languages.
word investigate. The children are at a beach.
They investigate to find out what kinds of
animals are in the pools of water.
406
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (b) © Charles Smith/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 9 Week 3 Sea Animals
sea, snail, eel, flatfish
sea snail
eel flatfish
ROUTINE
407
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Medioimages/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © Diane R. Nelson/McGraw-Hill Companies.
(bl) © Elmer Frederick Fischer/Corbis. (br) © Frank Burek/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 imitate
Unit 10 Week 1 Quack!
Word 2 juggle
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 imitate
Unit 10 Week 1 Quack!

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. We will play Follow the Leader. I will do an
1. One word in the selection is imitate. Say it action. You imitate what I do. (Do actions
with me: imitate. Imitate means “to copy such as hopping, waving, clapping, and so on
what someone else does.” Babies imitate for children to imitate.)
sounds their parents make. That is how babies 6. Let’s imitate some animals. I will name an
learn to talk. animal. You will imitate the sound it makes:
2. En español, to imitate quiere decir “copiar cat, cow, dog, duck. (Let children suggest
lo que hace otra persona, imitar.” Los bebés other animals.)
imitan los sonidos que hacen sus padres. Así es 7. Now let’s say imitate together three more
como aprenden a hablar los bebés. times: imitate, imitate, imitate.
3. To imitate in English and imitar in Spanish are
word imitate. The boys are in a class. They
watch what the teacher does. They do what
the teacher does. They imitate the teacher.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 juggle

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. People juggle many things. For example,
1. Another word in the selection is juggle. Say some people juggle balls or fruit. Think of
it with me: juggle. Juggle means “to keep something a person could juggle. Draw a
several things moving in the air by throwing picture. Show your partner. Tell your partner
them up and catching them.” You drop things what the picture shows.
a lot while you learn to juggle. 5. Let’s try to juggle. You and your partner will
2. En español, to juggle quiere decir “mantener make three paper balls by wadding up paper.
varias cosas en el aire, lanzándolas hacia (Demonstrate.) Look again at the picture
arriba y cogiéndolas cuando bajan; hacer of the man juggling. You and your partner
malabarismos.” Cuando apenas estás will take turns trying to juggle your pretend
aprendiendo a hacer malabarismos, se te caen balls. Talk about whether it is hard or easy to
las cosas muchas veces. juggle.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that shows the 6. Now let’s say juggle together three more
word juggle. (Point to the girl.) This girl can times: juggle, juggle, juggle.
juggle very well. She can juggle four balls at
the same time. She practiced for a long time
to be able to do this without dropping any
balls.
410
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (b) © Art Vandalay/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 10 Week 1 Water Changes
liquid, flow, solid, freeze
liquid flow
solid freeze
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognates: líquido, sólido.
411
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Studiohio/McGraw-Hill Companies. (br) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 creative
Unit 10 Week 2 My Pet
Word 2 habitat
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 creative
Unit 10 Week 2 My Pet

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Look around the classroom. Look for creative
1. One word in the selection is creative. Say it things that you and your classmates have
with me: creative. Creative means “able to done. Take turns naming creative things you
use your imagination to think of new ideas find as you look around. Talk about why these
or make new things.” We are being creative things are creative.
when we draw and paint. 6. Draw a picture of something creative you
2. En español, creative quiere decir “capaz de could build using things you can find at home
usar su imaginación para pensar en nuevas or in school, such as yarn, buttons, glitter,
ideas o hacer cosas nuevas, creativo.” Somos and cardboard. Show your partner. Tell your
creativos cuando dibujamos y pintamos. partner what you would use to make the
thing.
3. Creative in English and creativo in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say creative together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: creative, creative, creative.
word creative. The girl is painting something.
She is using her own ideas. She is not copying
anyone else’s painting. The girl is being
creative.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 habitat

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner about an animal you have
1. Another word in the selection is habitat. Say it seen in nature. Tell about the habitat where
with me: habitat. Habitat means “the place in you saw the animal.
nature where an animal or plant lives.” A hot, 6. Think about an animal you see in our
dry place is the habitat for some lizards. community. Think about its habitat. Talk with
2. En español, habitat quiere decir “el lugar your partner about what things are in that
donde un animal o planta vive, hábitat.” Un habitat that help the animal live.
lugar caliente y seco es el hábitat de muchos 7. Now let’s say habitat together three more
lagartos. times: habitat, habitat, habitat.
3. Habitat in English and hábitat in Spanish are
word habitat. We see ducks in their natural
habitat. Their habitat has water and plants.
This is where they live.
414
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock/PunchStock. (b) © Tim McCabe/USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service.
ELD Content Words
Unit 10 Week 2 Amazing People
brave, goal, honest, mistake
brave goal
honest mistake
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: honesto.
415
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Image Source Black/Jupiterimages. (tr) © Ben Blankenburg/Corbis.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © Scott Speakes/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 practice
Unit 10 Week 3 Count with Me
Word 2 recite
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 practice
Unit 10 Week 3 Count with Me

Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. I am going to sing part of a song for you. We
1. One word in the selection is practice. Say will practice a few times.
it with me: practice. Practice means “to do Baa, baa, black sheep, Have you any wool?
something over and over until you learn to Yes sir, yes sir, Three bags full.
do it well.” You have to practice playing Now you and your partner will practice until
basketball a lot to be a good ballplayer. you can do a good job of singing. You and
your partner will have a chance to sing for us
2. En español, to practice quiere decir “hacer
so we can see how practicing helps you get
algo una y otra vez hasta que lo aprendes a
better.
hacer bien, practicar.” Tienes que practicar
jugar baloncesto muchas veces para poder ser 6. In school, we practice many different things
un buen jugador de baloncesto. while we learn. What have we practiced
today? See how many things you and your
3. To practice in English and practicar in Spanish
partner can name.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say practice together three more
times: practice, practice, practice.
word practice. We see a teacher and a boy.
The boy needs to learn his numbers. The
teacher helps him practice. She holds up a
number card. The child practices by naming
the number.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 recite

Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. I will teach you a rhyme. Then we will recite it
1. Another word in the selection is recite. Say together.
it with me: recite. To recite means “to read Jack and Jill went up a hill to fetch a pail
aloud or to say something you have learned of water.
and remember.” Sometimes I read a poem Jack fell down and broke his crown,
over and over again until it is stuck in my and Jill came tumbling after.
memory and I can remember all the lines. (Use hand motions such as walking in place
Then I recite the poems for my parents. for “went up a hill” and pointing to your head
for “broke his crown.” Have children recite
2. En español, to recite quiere decir decir “leer en
chorally with you.)
voz alta o decir algo que te has aprendido de
memoria, recitar.” A veces leo un poema una 5. (Display the picture for recite again.) The girl
y otra vez hasta que pueda recordar todos los in the picture recites from a book she has
versos. Luego recito el poema enfrente de mis read. Now you will pick a page of a book we
padres. have read. Read it over and over. Then you
can come to the front of the class and recite
it.
word recite. The girl read this book to herself
over and over to learn the words. Now she 6. Now let’s say recite together three more
recites the story for her classmates. times: recite, recite, recite.
418
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (b) © image100/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 10 Week 3 Where Does the Water Go?
water, puddles,
air, heat
water puddles
air heat
ROUTINE
5. Point out the following cognate: aire.
419
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Andersen Ross/Getty Images.
(bl) © Clark Dunbar/Corbis. (br) © Charles Smith/Corbis.

Visual Vocabulary Resources (Kindergarten)

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Visual Vocabulary Resources (Kindergarten)

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Kindergarten

cover photography credits:

Published by Macmillan/McGraw-Hill, of McGraw-Hill Education, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.,

Printed in the United States of America

Structure of Book Word 2 past

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 2 imitate

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 4 resemble

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

mouth eye tail

face wing nose

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 2 cooperate

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 4 exhausted

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

basket game table

juice food quilt

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 2 change

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 4 occasion

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

curtain window chair

crib picture room

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 2 favorite

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 4 hobby

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

sports music poems

pet artwork trips

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 2 game

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 4 pleasant

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

racket ball bat

mitt puck stick

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 2 include

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 4 solve

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

fold rip color

write paint crumple

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 2 glide

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 4 transportation

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

garbage truck tractor taxi

ﬁre engine tow truck school bus

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT

Key Vocabulary Word 2 journey

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 4 relax

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

boat jet trolley

rocket wagon helicopter

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK

Key Vocabulary Word 2 attach

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT